//===- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes --------------===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // // This file implements the ASTContext interface. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" #include "CXXABI.h" #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" #include "clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h" #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" #include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h" #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" #include "clang/AST/Comment.h" #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" #include "clang/AST/RawCommentList.h" #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" #include "clang/AST/Type.h" #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" #include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h" #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" #include "clang/Basic/CommentOptions.h" #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" #include "clang/Basic/ObjCRuntime.h" #include "clang/Basic/SanitizerBlacklist.h" #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" #include "clang/Basic/TargetCXXABI.h" #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" #include "clang/Basic/XRayLists.h" #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" #include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include using namespace clang; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; enum FloatingRank { Float16Rank, HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank, Float128Rank }; RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { ExternalSource->ReadComments(); #ifndef NDEBUG ArrayRef RawComments = Comments.getComments(); assert(std::is_sorted(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), BeforeThanCompare(SourceMgr))); #endif CommentsLoaded = true; } assert(D); // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. if (D->isImplicit()) return nullptr; // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = dyn_cast(D)) { TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || TSK == TSK_Undeclared) return nullptr; } if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast(D)) { if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) { // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) return nullptr; } // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. if (isa(D)) return nullptr; // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template // documentation. if (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D)) return nullptr; ArrayRef RawComments = Comments.getComments(); // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. if (RawComments.empty()) return nullptr; // Find declaration location. // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration // location". // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". SourceLocation DeclLoc; if (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D)) DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); else { DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); if (DeclLoc.isMacroID()) { if (isa(D)) { // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location as // the "declaration location". DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); } else if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) { // If location of the tag decl is inside a macro, but the spelling of // the tag name comes from a macro argument, it looks like a special // macro like NS_ENUM is being used to define the tag decl. In that // case, adjust the source location to the expansion loc so that we can // attach the comment to the tag decl. if (SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(DeclLoc) && TD->isCompleteDefinition()) DeclLoc = SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(DeclLoc); } } } // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we // can't find the comment. if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) return nullptr; // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. ArrayRef::iterator Comment; { // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them // first. RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); BeforeThanCompare Compare(SourceMgr); ArrayRef::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { MaybeBeforeDecl--; Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); } if (Found) { Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); } else { // Slow path. Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); } } // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the // file buffer. std::pair DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); // First check whether we have a trailing comment. if (Comment != RawComments.end() && (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D))) { std::pair CommentBeginDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { return *Comment; } } // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. // Let's look at the previous comment. if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) return nullptr; --Comment; // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) return nullptr; // Decompose the end of the comment. std::pair CommentEndDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they // aren't related. if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) return nullptr; // Get the corresponding buffer. bool Invalid = false; const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, &Invalid).data(); if (Invalid) return nullptr; // Extract text between the comment and declaration. StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between // comment and declaration. if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos) return nullptr; return *Comment; } /// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to /// refer to the actual template. /// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. static const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Is this function declaration part of a function template? if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) return FTD; // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return D; // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) return FTD; // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) return MemberDecl; return D; } if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class // template? if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) return MemberDecl; return D; } if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Is this class declaration part of a class template? if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) return CTD; // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial // specialization? if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = dyn_cast(CRD)) { if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return D; llvm::PointerUnion PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); return PU.is() ? static_cast(PU.get()) : static_cast( PU.get()); } // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); return D; } if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast(D)) { // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) return MemberDecl; return D; } // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? return D; } const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( const Decl *D, const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = RedeclComments.find(D); if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { if (OriginalDecl) *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); return Raw.getRaw(); } } } // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. const RawComment *RC = nullptr; const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = nullptr; for (auto I : D->redecls()) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = RedeclComments.find(I); if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { RC = Raw.getRaw(); OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); break; } } else { RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(I); OriginalDeclForRC = I; RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; if (RC) { // Call order swapped to work around ICE in VS2015 RTM (Release Win32) // https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/1741530 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); Raw.setRaw(RC); } else Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); Raw.setOriginalDecl(I); RedeclComments[I] = Raw; if (RC) break; } } // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); if (OriginalDecl) *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; Raw.setRaw(RC); Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); for (auto I : D->redecls()) { RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[I]; if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) R = Raw; } return RC; } static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, SmallVectorImpl &Redeclared) { const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast(DC)) { const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); if (!ID) return; // Add redeclared method here. for (const auto *Ext : ID->known_extensions()) { if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); } } } comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, const Decl *D) const { comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; ThisDeclInfo->fill(); ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); if (!ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters) ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters = FC->getDeclInfo()->TemplateParameters; comments::FullComment *CFC = new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), ThisDeclInfo); return CFC; } comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); return RC ? RC->parse(*this, nullptr, D) : nullptr; } comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( const Decl *D, const Preprocessor *PP) const { if (D->isInvalidDecl()) return nullptr; D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = ParsedComments.find(Canonical); if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { if (Canonical != D) { comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); return CFC; } return Pos->second; } const Decl *OriginalDecl; const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); if (!RC) { if (isa(D) || isa(D)) { SmallVector Overridden; const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast(D); if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); if (OMD) addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast(D), Overridden); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter // does not have one of its own. QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs()) if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast(D)) { while (IC->getSuperClass()) { IC = IC->getSuperClass(); if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) return nullptr; // Check non-virtual bases. for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) { if (I.isVirtual() || (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) continue; QualType Ty = I.getType(); if (Ty.isNull()) continue; if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) continue; if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } } // Check virtual bases. for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) { if (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) continue; QualType Ty = I.getType(); if (Ty.isNull()) continue; if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) continue; if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } } } return nullptr; } // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be // different across redeclarations. if (D != OriginalDecl) return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; return FC; } void ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), PEnd = Params->end(); P != PEnd; ++P) { if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast(*P)) { ID.AddInteger(0); ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); continue; } if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast(*P)) { ID.AddInteger(1); ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { ID.AddBoolean(true); ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); } } else ID.AddBoolean(false); continue; } TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast(*P); ID.AddInteger(2); Profile(ID, TTP); } } TemplateTemplateParmDecl * ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); void *InsertPos = nullptr; CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (Canonical) return Canonical->getParam(); // Build a canonical template parameter list. TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); SmallVector CanonParams; CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), PEnd = Params->end(); P != PEnd; ++P) { if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast(*P)) CanonParams.push_back( TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getIndex(), nullptr, false, TTP->isParameterPack())); else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast(*P)) { QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { SmallVector ExpandedTypes; SmallVector ExpandedTInfos; for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); ExpandedTInfos.push_back( getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); } Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(), NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr, T, TInfo, ExpandedTypes, ExpandedTInfos); } else { Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(), NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr, T, NTTP->isParameterPack(), TInfo); } CanonParams.push_back(Param); } else CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( cast(*P))); } assert(!TTP->getRequiresClause() && "Unexpected requires-clause on template template-parameter"); Expr *const CanonRequiresClause = nullptr; TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getPosition(), TTP->isParameterPack(), nullptr, TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), CanonParams, SourceLocation(), CanonRequiresClause)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!Canonical && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)Canonical; // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); return CanonTTP; } CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return nullptr; switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: // Same as Itanium at this level case TargetCXXABI::iOS: case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); } llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); } static const LangASMap *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, const LangOptions &LOpts) { if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each // language-specific address space. static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 0, // Default 1, // opencl_global 3, // opencl_local 2, // opencl_constant 0, // opencl_private 4, // opencl_generic 5, // cuda_device 6, // cuda_constant 7 // cuda_shared }; return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; } else { return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); } } static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) { case LangOptions::ASMM_Target: return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling(); case LangOptions::ASMM_On: return true; case LangOptions::ASMM_Off: return false; } llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything."); } ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions &LOpts, SourceManager &SM, IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, Builtin::Context &builtins) : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), SanitizerBL(new SanitizerBlacklist(LangOpts.SanitizerBlacklistFiles, SM)), XRayFilter(new XRayFunctionFilter(LangOpts.XRayAlwaysInstrumentFiles, LangOpts.XRayNeverInstrumentFiles, SM)), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), BuiltinInfo(builtins), DeclarationNames(*this), Comments(SM), CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), LastSDM(nullptr, 0) { TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); } ASTContext::~ASTContext() { ReleaseParentMapEntries(); // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. for (auto &Pair : Deallocations) (Pair.first)(Pair.second); // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed // because they can contain DenseMaps. for (llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast((I++)->second)) R->Destroy(*this); for (llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast((I++)->second)) R->Destroy(*this); } for (llvm::DenseMap::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); A != AEnd; ++A) A->second->~AttrVec(); for (std::pair &MTVPair : MaterializedTemporaryValues) MTVPair.second->~APValue(); for (const auto &Value : ModuleInitializers) Value.second->~PerModuleInitializers(); } void ASTContext::ReleaseParentMapEntries() { if (!PointerParents) return; for (const auto &Entry : *PointerParents) { if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } else if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } } for (const auto &Entry : *OtherParents) { if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } else if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } } } void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { Deallocations.push_back({Callback, Data}); } void ASTContext::setExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr Source) { ExternalSource = std::move(Source); } void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; unsigned counts[] = { #define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 0 // Extra }; for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { Type *T = Types[i]; counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; } unsigned Idx = 0; unsigned TotalBytes = 0; #define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ if (counts[Idx]) \ llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ << " types\n"; \ TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ ++Idx; #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; // Implicit special member functions. llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors << " implicit default constructors created\n"; llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitCopyConstructors << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitMoveConstructors << " implicit move constructors created\n"; llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitDestructors << " implicit destructors created\n"; if (ExternalSource) { llvm::errs() << "\n"; ExternalSource->PrintStats(); } BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); } void ASTContext::mergeDefinitionIntoModule(NamedDecl *ND, Module *M, bool NotifyListeners) { if (NotifyListeners) if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(ND, M); if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) MergedDefModules[ND].push_back(M); else ND->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule(); } void ASTContext::deduplicateMergedDefinitonsFor(NamedDecl *ND) { auto It = MergedDefModules.find(ND); if (It == MergedDefModules.end()) return; auto &Merged = It->second; llvm::DenseSet Found; for (Module *&M : Merged) if (!Found.insert(M).second) M = nullptr; Merged.erase(std::remove(Merged.begin(), Merged.end(), nullptr), Merged.end()); } void ASTContext::PerModuleInitializers::resolve(ASTContext &Ctx) { if (LazyInitializers.empty()) return; auto *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource(); assert(Source && "lazy initializers but no external source"); auto LazyInits = std::move(LazyInitializers); LazyInitializers.clear(); for (auto ID : LazyInits) Initializers.push_back(Source->GetExternalDecl(ID)); assert(LazyInitializers.empty() && "GetExternalDecl for lazy module initializer added more inits"); } void ASTContext::addModuleInitializer(Module *M, Decl *D) { // One special case: if we add a module initializer that imports another // module, and that module's only initializer is an ImportDecl, simplify. if (auto *ID = dyn_cast(D)) { auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(ID->getImportedModule()); // Maybe the ImportDecl does nothing at all. (Common case.) if (It == ModuleInitializers.end()) return; // Maybe the ImportDecl only imports another ImportDecl. auto &Imported = *It->second; if (Imported.Initializers.size() + Imported.LazyInitializers.size() == 1) { Imported.resolve(*this); auto *OnlyDecl = Imported.Initializers.front(); if (isa(OnlyDecl)) D = OnlyDecl; } } auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M]; if (!Inits) Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers; Inits->Initializers.push_back(D); } void ASTContext::addLazyModuleInitializers(Module *M, ArrayRef IDs) { auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M]; if (!Inits) Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers; Inits->LazyInitializers.insert(Inits->LazyInitializers.end(), IDs.begin(), IDs.end()); } ArrayRef ASTContext::getModuleInitializers(Module *M) { auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(M); if (It == ModuleInitializers.end()) return None; auto *Inits = It->second; Inits->resolve(*this); return Inits->Initializers; } ExternCContextDecl *ASTContext::getExternCContextDecl() const { if (!ExternCContext) ExternCContext = ExternCContextDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl()); return ExternCContext; } BuiltinTemplateDecl * ASTContext::buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BuiltinTemplateKind BTK, const IdentifierInfo *II) const { auto *BuiltinTemplate = BuiltinTemplateDecl::Create(*this, TUDecl, II, BTK); BuiltinTemplate->setImplicit(); TUDecl->addDecl(BuiltinTemplate); return BuiltinTemplate; } BuiltinTemplateDecl * ASTContext::getMakeIntegerSeqDecl() const { if (!MakeIntegerSeqDecl) MakeIntegerSeqDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__make_integer_seq, getMakeIntegerSeqName()); return MakeIntegerSeqDecl; } BuiltinTemplateDecl * ASTContext::getTypePackElementDecl() const { if (!TypePackElementDecl) TypePackElementDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__type_pack_element, getTypePackElementName()); return TypePackElementDecl; } RecordDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitRecord(StringRef Name, RecordDecl::TagKind TK) const { SourceLocation Loc; RecordDecl *NewDecl; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) NewDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc, &Idents.get(Name)); else NewDecl = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc, &Idents.get(Name)); NewDecl->setImplicit(); NewDecl->addAttr(TypeVisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit( const_cast(*this), TypeVisibilityAttr::Default)); return NewDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitTypedef(QualType T, StringRef Name) const { TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); TypedefDecl *NewDecl = TypedefDecl::Create( const_cast(*this), getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Name), TInfo); NewDecl->setImplicit(); return NewDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { if (!Int128Decl) Int128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(Int128Ty, "__int128_t"); return Int128Decl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { if (!UInt128Decl) UInt128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(UnsignedInt128Ty, "__uint128_t"); return UInt128Decl; } void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); Types.push_back(Ty); } void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target, const TargetInfo *AuxTarget) { assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && "Incorrect target reinitialization"); assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); this->Target = &Target; this->AuxTarget = AuxTarget; ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts); // C99 6.2.5p19. InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); // C99 6.2.5p2. InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); // C99 6.2.5p3. if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); else InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); // C99 6.2.5p4. InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); // C99 6.2.5p6. InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); // C99 6.2.5p10. InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); // GNU extension, __float128 for IEEE quadruple precision InitBuiltinType(Float128Ty, BuiltinType::Float128); // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661-3 InitBuiltinType(Float16Ty, BuiltinType::Float16); // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); // C++ 3.9.1p5 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) WideCharTy = WCharTy; else { // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); } WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); else // C99 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); else // C99 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent // expressions. InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); // Placeholder type for functions. InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); // Placeholder type for bound members. InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); // Placeholder type for builtin functions. InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); // Placeholder type for OMP array sections. if (LangOpts.OpenMP) InitBuiltinType(OMPArraySectionTy, BuiltinType::OMPArraySection); // C99 6.2.5p11. FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); Float128ComplexTy = getComplexType(Float128Ty); // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ InitBuiltinType(SingletonId, BuiltinType::Id); #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); InitBuiltinType(OCLClkEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); InitBuiltinType(OCLQueueTy, BuiltinType::OCLQueue); InitBuiltinType(OCLReserveIDTy, BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); } // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? SignedCharTy : BoolTy); ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); ObjCSuperType = QualType(); // void * type if (LangOpts.OpenCLVersion >= 200) { auto Q = VoidTy.getQualifiers(); Q.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_generic); VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(getCanonicalType( getQualifiedType(VoidTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Q))); } else { VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); } // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. VaListTagDecl = nullptr; } DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); } AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; if (!Result) { void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; } return *Result; } /// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { Pos->second->~AttrVec(); DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); } } // FIXME: Remove ? MemberSpecializationInfo * ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var) .dyn_cast(); } ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var); if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end()) return TemplateOrSpecializationInfo(); return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo( Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation)); } void ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) { assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] && "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from"); TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI; } FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( const FunctionDecl *FD){ assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, FunctionDecl *Pattern) { assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; } NamedDecl * ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *UUD) { auto Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { assert((isa(Pattern) || isa(Pattern) || isa(Pattern)) && "pattern decl is not a using decl"); assert((isa(Inst) || isa(Inst) || isa(Inst)) && "instantiation did not produce a using decl"); assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; } UsingShadowDecl * ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; } FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, FieldDecl *Tmpl) { assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; } ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { return overridden_methods(Method).begin(); } ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { return overridden_methods(Method).end(); } unsigned ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { auto Range = overridden_methods(Method); return Range.end() - Range.begin(); } ASTContext::overridden_method_range ASTContext::overridden_methods(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) return overridden_method_range(nullptr, nullptr); return overridden_method_range(Pos->second.begin(), Pos->second.end()); } void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); } void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( const NamedDecl *D, SmallVectorImpl &Overridden) const { assert(D); if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast(D)) { Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); return; } const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast(D); if (!Method) return; SmallVector OverDecls; Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); } void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); if (!FirstLocalImport) { FirstLocalImport = Import; LastLocalImport = Import; return; } LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; LastLocalImport = Import; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Sizing and Analysis //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified /// scalar floating point type. const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs(); assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); switch (BT->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); case BuiltinType::Float16: case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); case BuiltinType::Float128: return Target->getFloat128Format(); } } CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const { unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { Align = AlignFromAttr; // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. // // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. if (isa(D)) { UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr() || cast(D)->getParent()->hasAttr(); } else { UseAlignAttrOnly = true; } } else if (isa(D)) UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr() || cast(D)->getParent()->hasAttr(); // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything // else about the declaration and its type. if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { // do nothing } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { QualType T = VD->getType(); if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs()) { if (ForAlignof) T = RT->getPointeeType(); else T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); } QualType BaseT = getBaseElementType(T); if (T->isFunctionType()) Align = getTypeInfoImpl(T.getTypePtr()).Align; else if (!BaseT->isIncompleteType()) { // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the // large-array alignment on the target. if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) { unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) { if (isa(arrayType)) Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); else if (isa(arrayType) && MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast(arrayType))) Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); } } Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); if (BaseT.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) Align = Target->getCharWidth(); if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !ForAlignof) Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); } } // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast(VD)) { const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); // Start with the record's overall alignment. unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); if (Offset > 0) { // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) FieldAlign = static_cast(LowBitOfOffset); } Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); } } } return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); } // getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in // chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is // the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type // using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. std::pair ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { std::pair sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs()) { const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); } } return sizeAndAlign; } /// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits /// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. std::pair static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { std::pair EltInfo = Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); assert((Size == 0 || static_cast(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); } std::pair ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(T)) return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(T); return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Width), toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align)); } std::pair ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); } bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(const Type *T) const { return getTypeInfo(T).AlignIsRequired; } bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(QualType T) const { return isAlignmentRequired(T.getTypePtr()); } unsigned ASTContext::getTypeAlignIfKnown(QualType T) const { // An alignment on a typedef overrides anything else. if (auto *TT = T->getAs()) if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) return Align; // If we have an (array of) complete type, we're done. T = getBaseElementType(T); if (!T->isIncompleteType()) return getTypeAlign(T); // If we had an array type, its element type might be a typedef // type with an alignment attribute. if (auto *TT = T->getAs()) if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) return Align; // Otherwise, see if the declaration of the type had an attribute. if (auto *TT = T->getAs()) return TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment(); return 0; } TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { TypeInfoMap::iterator I = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); if (I != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) return I->second; // This call can invalidate MemoizedTypeInfo[T], so we need a second lookup. TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfoImpl(T); MemoizedTypeInfo[T] = TI; return TI; } /// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This /// method does not work on incomplete types. /// /// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and /// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this /// should take a QualType, &c. TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { uint64_t Width = 0; unsigned Align = 8; bool AlignIsRequired = false; unsigned AS = 0; switch (T->getTypeClass()) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ case Type::Class: \ assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::FunctionProto: // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits Width = 0; Align = 32; break; case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: Width = 0; Align = getTypeAlign(cast(T)->getElementType()); break; case Type::ConstantArray: { const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast(T); TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.Width <= (uint64_t)(-1) / Size) && "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); Width = EltInfo.Width * Size; Align = EltInfo.Align; if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); break; } case Type::ExtVector: case Type::Vector: { const VectorType *VT = cast(T); TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); Width = EltInfo.Width * VT->getNumElements(); Align = Width; // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. if (Align & (Align-1)) { Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); } // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) Align = TargetVectorAlign; break; } case Type::Builtin: switch (cast(T)->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); case BuiltinType::Void: // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. Width = 0; Align = 8; break; case BuiltinType::Bool: Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::Char_U: case BuiltinType::UChar: case BuiltinType::SChar: Width = Target->getCharWidth(); Align = Target->getCharAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::WChar_S: case BuiltinType::WChar_U: Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Char16: Width = Target->getChar16Width(); Align = Target->getChar16Align(); break; case BuiltinType::Char32: Width = Target->getChar32Width(); Align = Target->getChar32Align(); break; case BuiltinType::UShort: case BuiltinType::Short: Width = Target->getShortWidth(); Align = Target->getShortAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::UInt: case BuiltinType::Int: Width = Target->getIntWidth(); Align = Target->getIntAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::ULong: case BuiltinType::Long: Width = Target->getLongWidth(); Align = Target->getLongAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::ULongLong: case BuiltinType::LongLong: Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Int128: case BuiltinType::UInt128: Width = 128; Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. break; case BuiltinType::Float16: case BuiltinType::Half: Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Float: Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Double: Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::LongDouble: Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Float128: Width = Target->getFloat128Width(); Align = Target->getFloat128Align(); break; case BuiltinType::NullPtr: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) break; case BuiltinType::ObjCId: case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); break; case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ case BuiltinType::Id: #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" AS = getTargetAddressSpace( Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T))); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; } break; case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); break; case Type::BlockPointer: AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast(T)->getPointeeType()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go // the pointer route. AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast(T)->getPointeeType()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; case Type::Pointer: AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast(T)->getPointeeType()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; case Type::MemberPointer: { const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast(T); CXXABI::MemberPointerInfo MPI = ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT); Width = MPI.Width; Align = MPI.Align; break; } case Type::Complex: { // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the // size. TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getElementType()); Width = EltInfo.Width * 2; Align = EltInfo.Align; break; } case Type::ObjCObject: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Adjusted: case Type::Decayed: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getAdjustedType().getTypePtr()); case Type::ObjCInterface: { const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast(T); const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); break; } case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: { const TagType *TT = cast(T); if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { Width = 8; Align = 8; break; } if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast(TT)) { const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl(); TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(ED->getIntegerType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); if (unsigned AttrAlign = ED->getMaxAlignment()) { Info.Align = AttrAlign; Info.AlignIsRequired = true; } return Info; } const RecordType *RT = cast(TT); const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD); Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); AlignIsRequired = RD->hasAttr(); break; } case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)-> getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Auto: case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: { const DeducedType *A = cast(T); assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); } case Type::Paren: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); case Type::ObjCTypeParam: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); case Type::Typedef: { const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast(T)->getDecl(); TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) { Align = AttrAlign; AlignIsRequired = true; } else { Align = Info.Align; AlignIsRequired = Info.AlignIsRequired; } Width = Info.Width; break; } case Type::Elaborated: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Attributed: return getTypeInfo( cast(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Atomic: { // Start with the base type information. TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getValueType()); Width = Info.Width; Align = Info.Align; // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more // favorable to atomic operations: if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { // Round the size up to a power of 2. if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); // Set the alignment equal to the size. Align = static_cast(Width); } } break; case Type::Pipe: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global)); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global)); break; } assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); return TypeInfo(Width, Align, AlignIsRequired); } unsigned ASTContext::getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const { unsigned SimdAlign = getTargetInfo().getSimdDefaultAlign(); // Target ppc64 with QPX: simd default alignment for pointer to double is 32. if ((getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64 || getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) && getTargetInfo().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx" && T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) SimdAlign = 256; return SimdAlign; } /// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); } /// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); } /// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. /// This method does not work on incomplete types. CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; } CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; } /// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in /// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); } CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); } /// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified /// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI /// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign /// a data type. unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfo(T); unsigned ABIAlign = TI.Align; T = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); // The preferred alignment of member pointers is that of a pointer. if (T->isMemberPointerType()) return getPreferredTypeAlign(getPointerDiffType().getTypePtr()); if (!Target->allowsLargerPreferedTypeAlignment()) return ABIAlign; // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs()) T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs()) T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) // Don't increase the alignment if an alignment attribute was specified on a // typedef declaration. if (!TI.AlignIsRequired) return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); return ABIAlign; } /// getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned - Return the default alignment /// for __attribute__((aligned)) on this target, to be used if no alignment /// value is specified. unsigned ASTContext::getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned() const { return getTargetInfo().getDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned(); } /// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given /// to a global variable of the specified type. unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); } /// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that /// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); } CharUnits ASTContext::getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::Zero(); const ASTRecordLayout *Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(RD); while (const CXXRecordDecl *Base = Layout->getBaseSharingVBPtr()) { Offset += Layout->getBaseClassOffset(Base); Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(Base); } return Offset; } /// DeepCollectObjCIvars - /// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in /// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for /// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class /// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, bool leafClass, SmallVectorImpl &Ivars) const { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); if (!leafClass) { for (const auto *I : OI->ivars()) Ivars.push_back(I); } else { ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast(OI); for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) Ivars.push_back(Iv); } } /// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and /// those inherited by it. void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, llvm::SmallPtrSet &Protocols) { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast(CDecl)) { // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. for (auto *Proto : OI->all_referenced_protocols()) { CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); } // Categories of this Interface. for (const auto *Cat : OI->visible_categories()) CollectInheritedProtocols(Cat, Protocols); if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) while (SD) { CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); SD = SD->getSuperClass(); } } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast(CDecl)) { for (auto *Proto : OC->protocols()) { CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); } } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast(CDecl)) { // Insert the protocol. if (!Protocols.insert( const_cast(OP->getCanonicalDecl())).second) return; for (auto *Proto : OP->protocols()) CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); } } static bool unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context, const RecordDecl *RD) { assert(RD->isUnion() && "Must be union type"); CharUnits UnionSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(RD->getTypeForDecl()); for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { if (!Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType())) return false; CharUnits FieldSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType()); if (FieldSize != UnionSize) return false; } return !RD->field_empty(); } static bool isStructEmpty(QualType Ty) { const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->castAs()->getDecl(); if (!RD->field_empty()) return false; if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast(RD)) return ClassDecl->isEmpty(); return true; } static llvm::Optional structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(const ASTContext &Context, const RecordDecl *RD) { assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Must be struct/class type"); const auto &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); int64_t CurOffsetInBits = 0; if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast(RD)) { if (ClassDecl->isDynamicClass()) return llvm::None; SmallVector, 4> Bases; for (const auto Base : ClassDecl->bases()) { // Empty types can be inherited from, and non-empty types can potentially // have tail padding, so just make sure there isn't an error. if (!isStructEmpty(Base.getType())) { llvm::Optional Size = structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations( Context, Base.getType()->getAs()->getDecl()); if (!Size) return llvm::None; Bases.emplace_back(Base.getType(), Size.getValue()); } } std::sort( Bases.begin(), Bases.end(), [&](const std::pair &L, const std::pair &R) { return Layout.getBaseClassOffset(L.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) < Layout.getBaseClassOffset(R.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); }); for (const auto Base : Bases) { int64_t BaseOffset = Context.toBits( Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base.first->getAsCXXRecordDecl())); int64_t BaseSize = Base.second; if (BaseOffset != CurOffsetInBits) return llvm::None; CurOffsetInBits = BaseOffset + BaseSize; } } for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { if (!Field->getType()->isReferenceType() && !Context.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(Field->getType())) return llvm::None; int64_t FieldSizeInBits = Context.toBits(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Field->getType())); if (Field->isBitField()) { int64_t BitfieldSize = Field->getBitWidthValue(Context); if (BitfieldSize > FieldSizeInBits) return llvm::None; FieldSizeInBits = BitfieldSize; } int64_t FieldOffsetInBits = Context.getFieldOffset(Field); if (FieldOffsetInBits != CurOffsetInBits) return llvm::None; CurOffsetInBits = FieldSizeInBits + FieldOffsetInBits; } return CurOffsetInBits; } bool ASTContext::hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(QualType Ty) const { // C++17 [meta.unary.prop]: // The predicate condition for a template specialization // has_unique_object_representations shall be // satisfied if and only if: // (9.1) - T is trivially copyable, and // (9.2) - any two objects of type T with the same value have the same // object representation, where two objects // of array or non-union class type are considered to have the same value // if their respective sequences of // direct subobjects have the same values, and two objects of union type // are considered to have the same // value if they have the same active member and the corresponding members // have the same value. // The set of scalar types for which this condition holds is // implementation-defined. [ Note: If a type has padding // bits, the condition does not hold; otherwise, the condition holds true // for unsigned integral types. -- end note ] assert(!Ty.isNull() && "Null QualType sent to unique object rep check"); // Arrays are unique only if their element type is unique. if (Ty->isArrayType()) return hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(getBaseElementType(Ty)); // (9.1) - T is trivially copyable... if (!Ty.isTriviallyCopyableType(*this)) return false; // All integrals and enums are unique. if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) return true; // All other pointers are unique. if (Ty->isPointerType()) return true; if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { const MemberPointerType *MPT = Ty->getAs(); return !ABI->getMemberPointerInfo(MPT).HasPadding; } if (Ty->isRecordType()) { const RecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAs()->getDecl(); if (Record->isInvalidDecl()) return false; if (Record->isUnion()) return unionHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record); Optional StructSize = structHasUniqueObjectRepresentations(*this, Record); return StructSize && StructSize.getValue() == static_cast(getTypeSize(Ty)); } // FIXME: More cases to handle here (list by rsmith): // vectors (careful about, eg, vector of 3 foo) // _Complex int and friends // _Atomic T // Obj-C block pointers // Obj-C object pointers // and perhaps OpenCL's various builtin types (pipe, sampler_t, event_t, // clk_event_t, queue_t, reserve_id_t) // There're also Obj-C class types and the Obj-C selector type, but I think it // makes sense for those to return false here. return false; } unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { unsigned count = 0; // Count ivars declared in class extension. for (const auto *Ext : OI->known_extensions()) count += Ext->ivar_size(); // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This // includes synthesized ivars. if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); return count; } bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { if (!E) return false; // nullptr_t is always treated as null. if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) return true; // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. if (isa(E)) return true; return false; } /// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl, or nullptr if none /// exists. ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ObjCImpls.find(D); if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) return cast(I->second); return nullptr; } /// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or nullptr if none /// exists. ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ObjCImpls.find(D); if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) return cast(I->second); return nullptr; } /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; } /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; } const ObjCMethodDecl * ASTContext::getObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const { return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD); } void ASTContext::setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) { assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration"); ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl; } const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( const NamedDecl *ND) const { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast(ND->getDeclContext())) return ID; if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast(ND->getDeclContext())) return CD->getClassInterface(); if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast(ND->getDeclContext())) return IMD->getClassInterface(); return nullptr; } /// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl, or nullptr if /// none exists. Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { assert(VD && "Passed null params"); assert(VD->hasAttr() && "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast(I->second) : nullptr; } /// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); assert(VD->hasAttr() && "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; } TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, unsigned DataSize) const { if (!DataSize) DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); else assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); return TInfo; } TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, SourceLocation L) const { TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast(*this), L); return DI; } const ASTRecordLayout & ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { return getObjCLayout(D, nullptr); } const ASTRecordLayout & ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type creation/memoization methods //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); quals.removeFastQualifiers(); // Check if we've already instantiated this type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); void *insertPos = nullptr; if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); return QualType(eq, fastQuals); } // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. QualType canon; if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); // Re-find the insert position. (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); } ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); return QualType(eq, fastQuals); } QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, LangAS AddressSpace) const { QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) return T; // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together // into one ExtQuals node. QualifierCollector Quals; const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get // another one. assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); } QualType ASTContext::removeAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T) const { // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together // into one ExtQuals node. QualifierCollector Quals; const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); // If the qualifier doesn't have an address space just return it. if (!Quals.hasAddressSpace()) return T; Quals.removeAddressSpace(); // Removal of the address space can mean there are no longer any // non-fast qualifiers, so creating an ExtQualType isn't possible (asserts) // or required. if (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()) return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); else return QualType(TypeNode, Quals.getFastQualifiers()); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) return T; if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs()) { QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); return getPointerType(ResultType); } } // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together // into one ExtQuals node. QualifierCollector Quals; const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get // another one. assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); } const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) return T; QualType Result; if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast(T)) { Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getReturnType(), Info); } else { const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast(T); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = Info; Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); } return cast(Result.getTypePtr()); } void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, QualType ResultType) { FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); while (true) { const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs(); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) FD = Next; else break; } if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); } /// Get a function type and produce the equivalent function type with the /// specified exception specification. Type sugar that can be present on a /// declaration of a function with an exception specification is permitted /// and preserved. Other type sugar (for instance, typedefs) is not. static QualType getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec( ASTContext &Context, QualType Orig, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { // Might have some parens. if (auto *PT = dyn_cast(Orig)) return Context.getParenType( getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, PT->getInnerType(), ESI)); // Might have a calling-convention attribute. if (auto *AT = dyn_cast(Orig)) return Context.getAttributedType( AT->getAttrKind(), getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, AT->getModifiedType(), ESI), getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, AT->getEquivalentType(), ESI)); // Anything else must be a function type. Rebuild it with the new exception // specification. const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast(Orig); return Context.getFunctionType( Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(), Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI)); } bool ASTContext::hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(QualType T, QualType U) { return hasSameType(T, U) || (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && hasSameType(getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, T, EST_None), getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, U, EST_None))); } void ASTContext::adjustExceptionSpec( FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool AsWritten) { // Update the type. QualType Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, FD->getType(), ESI); FD->setType(Updated); if (!AsWritten) return; // Update the type in the type source information too. if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()) { // If the type and the type-as-written differ, we may need to update // the type-as-written too. if (TSInfo->getType() != FD->getType()) Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, TSInfo->getType(), ESI); // FIXME: When we get proper type location information for exceptions, // we'll also have to rebuild the TypeSourceInfo. For now, we just patch // up the TypeSourceInfo; assert(TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(Updated) == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(TSInfo->getType()) && "TypeLoc size mismatch from updating exception specification"); TSInfo->overrideType(Updated); } } /// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex /// number with the specified element type. QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(CT, 0); // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to /// the specified type. QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; PointerType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedType(QualType Orig, QualType New) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AdjustedType::Profile(ID, Orig, New); void *InsertPos = nullptr; AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (AT) return QualType(AT, 0); QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(New); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AdjustedType(Type::Adjusted, Orig, New, Canonical); Types.push_back(AT); AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); return QualType(AT, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); QualType Decayed; // C99 6.7.5.3p7: // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of // the array type derivation. if (T->isArrayType()) Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); // C99 6.7.5.3p8: // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as // in 6.3.2.1. if (T->isFunctionType()) Decayed = getPointerType(T); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AdjustedType::Profile(ID, T, Decayed); void *InsertPos = nullptr; AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (AT) return QualType(AT, 0); QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); Types.push_back(AT); AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); return QualType(AT, 0); } /// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for /// a pointer to the specified block. QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (BlockPointerType *PT = BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical // type either so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. BlockPointerType *NewIP = BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } BlockPointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an /// lvalue reference to the specified type. QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && "Unresolved overloaded function type"); // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (LValueReferenceType *RT = LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(RT, 0); const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs(); // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. LValueReferenceType *NewIP = LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } LValueReferenceType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, SpelledAsLValue); Types.push_back(New); LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an /// rvalue reference to the specified type. QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (RValueReferenceType *RT = RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(RT, 0); const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs(); // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. RValueReferenceType *NewIP = RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } RValueReferenceType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a /// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (MemberPointerType *PT = MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. MemberPointerType *NewIP = MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } MemberPointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an /// array of the specified element type. QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for // the target. llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); ArySize = ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getMaxPointerWidth()); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(ATP, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canon; if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. ConstantArrayType *NewIP = ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be /// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known /// sizes replaced with [*]. QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { // Vastly most common case. if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; QualType result; SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); const Type *ty = split.Ty; switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); // These types should never be variably-modified. case Type::Builtin: case Type::Complex: case Type::Vector: case Type::ExtVector: case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: case Type::DependentAddressSpace: case Type::ObjCObject: case Type::ObjCInterface: case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: case Type::UnresolvedUsing: case Type::TypeOfExpr: case Type::TypeOf: case Type::Decltype: case Type::UnaryTransform: case Type::DependentName: case Type::InjectedClassName: case Type::TemplateSpecialization: case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: case Type::TemplateTypeParm: case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: case Type::Auto: case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: case Type::PackExpansion: llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to // further decay. case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::FunctionProto: case Type::BlockPointer: case Type::MemberPointer: case Type::Pipe: return type; // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications // preserve structure except as noted by comments. // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op // optimizations available here. case Type::Pointer: result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( cast(ty)->getPointeeType())); break; case Type::LValueReference: { const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast(ty); result = getLValueReferenceType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); break; } case Type::RValueReference: { const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast(ty); result = getRValueReferenceType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); break; } case Type::Atomic: { const AtomicType *at = cast(ty); result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); break; } case Type::ConstantArray: { const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast(ty); result = getConstantArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), cat->getSize(), cat->getSizeModifier(), cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); break; } case Type::DependentSizedArray: { const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast(ty); result = getDependentSizedArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), dat->getSizeExpr(), dat->getSizeModifier(), dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), dat->getBracketsRange()); break; } // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. case Type::IncompleteArray: { const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast(ty); result = getVariableArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), /*size*/ nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), SourceRange()); break; } // Turn VLA types into [*] types. case Type::VariableArray: { const VariableArrayType *vat = cast(ty); result = getVariableArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), /*size*/ nullptr, ArrayType::Star, vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), vat->getBracketsRange()); break; } } // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); } /// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a /// variable array of the specified element type. QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, Expr *NumElts, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned IndexTypeQuals, SourceRange Brackets) const { // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's // that have an expression provided for their size. QualType Canon; // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); } VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to /// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element /// type. QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, Expr *numElements, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned elementTypeQuals, SourceRange brackets) const { assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || numElements->isValueDependent()) && "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay // because they can't be used in most locations. if (!numElements) { DependentSizedArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we // also build a canonical type. SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); void *insertPos = nullptr; llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); // Look for an existing type with these properties. DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); // If we don't have one, build one. if (!canonTy) { canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); Types.push_back(canonTy); } // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), canonElementType.Quals); // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type or the size // expression, then just use that as our result. if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType && canonTy->getSizeExpr() == numElements) return canon; // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling // of the element type. DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); Types.push_back(sugaredType); return QualType(sugaredType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); void *insertPos = nullptr; if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) return QualType(iat, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull // qualifiers off the element type. QualType canon; if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ASM, elementTypeQuals); canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. IncompleteArrayType *existing = IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; } IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } /// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(VTP, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, VectorType::GenericVector); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(VTP, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), SizeExpr); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; if (Canon) { // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as // the canonical type for a newly-built type. New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), SizeExpr, AttrLoc); } else { QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, AttrLoc); DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); (void)CanonCheck; DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); } else { QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, SourceLocation()); New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); } } Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentAddressSpaceType(QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { assert(AddrSpaceExpr->isInstantiationDependent()); QualType canonPointeeType = getCanonicalType(PointeeType); void *insertPos = nullptr; llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentAddressSpaceType::Profile(ID, *this, canonPointeeType, AddrSpaceExpr); DependentAddressSpaceType *canonTy = DependentAddressSpaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); if (!canonTy) { canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, canonPointeeType, QualType(), AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc); DependentAddressSpaceTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); Types.push_back(canonTy); } if (canonPointeeType == PointeeType && canonTy->getAddrSpaceExpr() == AddrSpaceExpr) return QualType(canonTy, 0); DependentAddressSpaceType *sugaredType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentAddressSpaceType(*this, PointeeType, QualType(canonTy, 0), AddrSpaceExpr, AttrLoc); Types.push_back(sugaredType); return QualType(sugaredType, 0); } /// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { return T.isCanonical() && (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); } /// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(FT, 0); QualType Canonical; if (!isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy)) { Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy), Info); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info); Types.push_back(New); FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalFunctionResultType(QualType ResultType) const { CanQualType CanResultType = getCanonicalType(ResultType); // Canonical result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. if (CanResultType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { Qualifiers Qs = CanResultType.getQualifiers(); Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe( getQualifiedType(CanResultType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs)); } return CanResultType; } static bool isCanonicalExceptionSpecification( const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool NoexceptInType) { if (ESI.Type == EST_None) return true; if (!NoexceptInType) return false; // C++17 onwards: exception specification is part of the type, as a simple // boolean "can this function type throw". if (ESI.Type == EST_BasicNoexcept) return true; // A dynamic exception specification is canonical if it only contains pack // expansions (so we can't tell whether it's non-throwing) and all its // contained types are canonical. if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { bool AnyPackExpansions = false; for (QualType ET : ESI.Exceptions) { if (!ET.isCanonical()) return false; if (ET->getAs()) AnyPackExpansions = true; } return AnyPackExpansions; } // A noexcept(expr) specification is (possibly) canonical if expr is // value-dependent. if (ESI.Type == EST_ComputedNoexcept) return ESI.NoexceptExpr && ESI.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent(); return false; } QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeInternal( QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef ArgArray, const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI, bool OnlyWantCanonical) const { size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, *this, true); QualType Canonical; bool Unique = false; void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (FunctionProtoType *FPT = FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) { QualType Existing = QualType(FPT, 0); // If we find a pre-existing equivalent FunctionProtoType, we can just reuse // it so long as our exception specification doesn't contain a dependent // noexcept expression, or we're just looking for a canonical type. // Otherwise, we're going to need to create a type // sugar node to hold the concrete expression. if (OnlyWantCanonical || EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type != EST_ComputedNoexcept || EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr == FPT->getNoexceptExpr()) return Existing; // We need a new type sugar node for this one, to hold the new noexcept // expression. We do no canonicalization here, but that's OK since we don't // expect to see the same noexcept expression much more than once. Canonical = getCanonicalType(Existing); Unique = true; } bool NoexceptInType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; bool IsCanonicalExceptionSpec = isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(EPI.ExceptionSpec, NoexceptInType); // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. bool isCanonical = !Unique && IsCanonicalExceptionSpec && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) isCanonical = false; if (OnlyWantCanonical) assert(isCanonical && "given non-canonical parameters constructing canonical type"); // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it if we don't // already have it. The exception spec is only partially part of the // canonical type, and only in C++17 onwards. if (!isCanonical && Canonical.isNull()) { SmallVector CanonicalArgs; CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); llvm::SmallVector ExceptionTypeStorage; FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; if (IsCanonicalExceptionSpec) { // Exception spec is already OK. } else if (NoexceptInType) { switch (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) { case EST_Unparsed: case EST_Unevaluated: case EST_Uninstantiated: // We don't know yet. It shouldn't matter what we pick here; no-one // should ever look at this. LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; case EST_None: case EST_MSAny: CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; break; // A dynamic exception specification is almost always "not noexcept", // with the exception that a pack expansion might expand to no types. case EST_Dynamic: { bool AnyPacks = false; for (QualType ET : EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions) { if (ET->getAs()) AnyPacks = true; ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(getCanonicalType(ET)); } if (!AnyPacks) CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; else { CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; } break; } case EST_DynamicNone: case EST_BasicNoexcept: CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept; break; case EST_ComputedNoexcept: llvm::APSInt Value(1); auto *E = CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr; if (!E || !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, *this, nullptr, /*IsEvaluated*/false)) { // This noexcept specification is invalid. // FIXME: Should this be able to happen? CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; break; } CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = Value.getBoolValue() ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_None; break; } } else { CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); } // Adjust the canonical function result type. CanQualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy); Canonical = getFunctionTypeInternal(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI, true); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. FunctionProtoType *NewIP = FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after // them for three variable size arrays at the end: // - parameter types // - exception types // - extended parameter information // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept // expression, or information used to resolve the exception // specification. size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) { Size += EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions.size() * sizeof(QualType); } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { Size += sizeof(Expr*); } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); } // Put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. if (EPI.ExtParameterInfos) { Size += NumArgs * sizeof(FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo); } FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); Types.push_back(FTP); if (!Unique) FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); return QualType(FTP, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getPipeType(QualType T, bool ReadOnly) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; PipeType::Profile(ID, T, ReadOnly); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (PipeType *PT = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the pipe element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getPipeType(getCanonicalType(T), ReadOnly); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. PipeType *NewIP = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } PipeType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PipeType(T, Canonical, ReadOnly); Types.push_back(New); PipeTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getReadPipeType(QualType T) const { return getPipeType(T, true); } QualType ASTContext::getWritePipeType(QualType T) const { return getPipeType(T, false); } #ifndef NDEBUG static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { if (!isa(D)) return false; const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast(D); if (isa(RD)) return true; if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && !isa(RD)) return true; return false; } #endif /// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the /// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, QualType TST) const { assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { assert(isa(Decl->TypeForDecl)); } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; assert(isa(Decl->TypeForDecl)); } else { Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); } return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); } /// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified type declaration. QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast(Decl)) return getTypedefType(Typedef); assert(!isa(Decl) && "Template type parameter types are always available."); if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast(Decl)) { assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration"); assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); return getRecordType(Record); } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast(Decl)) { assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration"); return getEnumType(Enum); } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = dyn_cast(Decl)) { Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); } else llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); } /// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified typedef name decl. QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (Canonical.isNull()) Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, QualType modifiedType, QualType equivalentType) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); void *insertPos = nullptr; AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); if (type) return QualType(type, 0); QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); Types.push_back(type); AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); return QualType(type, 0); } /// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, QualType Replacement) const { assert(Replacement.isCanonical() && "replacement types must always be canonical"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); void *InsertPos = nullptr; SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!SubstParm) { SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); Types.push_back(SubstParm); SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); } return QualType(SubstParm, 0); } /// \brief Retrieve a QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { #ifndef NDEBUG for (const auto &P : ArgPack.pack_elements()) { assert(P.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); assert(P.getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); } #endif llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(SubstParm, 0); QualType Canon; if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast(Canon), ArgPack); SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, ArgPack); Types.push_back(SubstParm); SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); return QualType(SubstParm, 0); } /// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template /// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) /// name. QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); void *InsertPos = nullptr; TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (TypeParm) return QualType(TypeParm, 0); if (TTPDecl) { QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); (void)TypeCheck; } else TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); Types.push_back(TypeParm); TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); return QualType(TypeParm, 0); } TypeSourceInfo * ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, QualType Underlying) const { assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = DI->getTypeLoc().castAs(); TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); return DI; } QualType ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, QualType Underlying) const { assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); SmallVector ArgVec; ArgVec.reserve(Args.size()); for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg : Args.arguments()) ArgVec.push_back(Arg.getArgument()); return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec, Underlying); } #ifndef NDEBUG static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(ArrayRef Args) { for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args) if (Arg.isPackExpansion()) return true; return true; } #endif QualType ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, ArrayRef Args, QualType Underlying) const { assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); // Look through qualified template names. if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); bool IsTypeAlias = Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && isa(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); QualType CanonType; if (!Underlying.isNull()) CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); else { // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args)) && "Caller must compute aliased type"); IsTypeAlias = false; CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args); } // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that // we don't unique and don't want to lose. void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * Args.size() + (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), TypeAlignment); TemplateSpecializationType *Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, CanonType, IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); Types.push_back(Spec); return QualType(Spec, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType( TemplateName Template, ArrayRef Args) const { assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); // Look through qualified template names. if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); // Build the canonical template specialization type. TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); SmallVector CanonArgs; unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args) CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Arg)); // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already // exists. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, CanonArgs, *this); void *InsertPos = nullptr; TemplateSpecializationType *Spec = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Spec) { // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), TypeAlignment); Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, CanonArgs, QualType(), QualType()); Types.push_back(Spec); TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); } assert(Spec->isDependentType() && "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); return QualType(Spec, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); void *InsertPos = nullptr; ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); QualType Canon = NamedType; if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); (void)CheckT; } T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); Types.push_back(T); ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); void *InsertPos = nullptr; ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); QualType Canon = InnerType; if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); (void)CheckT; } T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); Types.push_back(T); ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType Canon) const { if (Canon.isNull()) { NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); if (CanonNNS != NNS) Canon = getDependentNameType(Keyword, CanonNNS, Name); } llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentNameType *T = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); Types.push_back(T); DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { // TODO: avoid this copy SmallVector ArgCopy; for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, ArgCopy); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name, ArrayRef Args) const { assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, Name, Args); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); SmallVector CanonArgs(NumArgs); for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) AnyNonCanonArgs = true; } QualType Canon; if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name, CanonArgs); // Find the insert position again. DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), TypeAlignment); T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Args, Canon); Types.push_back(T); DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } TemplateArgument ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArg(NamedDecl *Param) { TemplateArgument Arg; if (auto *TTP = dyn_cast(Param)) { QualType ArgType = getTypeDeclType(TTP); if (TTP->isParameterPack()) ArgType = getPackExpansionType(ArgType, None); Arg = TemplateArgument(ArgType); } else if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast(Param)) { Expr *E = new (*this) DeclRefExpr( NTTP, /*enclosing*/false, NTTP->getType().getNonLValueExprType(*this), Expr::getValueKindForType(NTTP->getType()), NTTP->getLocation()); if (NTTP->isParameterPack()) E = new (*this) PackExpansionExpr(DependentTy, E, NTTP->getLocation(), None); Arg = TemplateArgument(E); } else { auto *TTP = cast(Param); if (TTP->isParameterPack()) Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP), Optional()); else Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP)); } if (Param->isTemplateParameterPack()) Arg = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(*this, Arg); return Arg; } void ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArgs(const TemplateParameterList *Params, SmallVectorImpl &Args) { Args.reserve(Args.size() + Params->size()); for (NamedDecl *Param : *Params) Args.push_back(getInjectedTemplateArg(Param)); } QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, Optional NumExpansions) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); void *InsertPos = nullptr; PackExpansionType *T = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); QualType Canon; if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its // parameters. if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { Canon = getPackExpansionType(Canon, NumExpansions); // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } } T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); Types.push_back(T); PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } /// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols /// alphabetically. static int CmpProtocolNames(ObjCProtocolDecl *const *LHS, ObjCProtocolDecl *const *RHS) { return DeclarationName::compare((*LHS)->getDeclName(), (*RHS)->getDeclName()); } static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ArrayRef Protocols) { if (Protocols.empty()) return true; if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) return false; for (unsigned i = 1; i != Protocols.size(); ++i) if (CmpProtocolNames(&Protocols[i - 1], &Protocols[i]) >= 0 || Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) return false; return true; } static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(SmallVectorImpl &Protocols) { // Sort protocols, keyed by name. llvm::array_pod_sort(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end(), CmpProtocolNames); // Canonicalize. for (ObjCProtocolDecl *&P : Protocols) P = P->getCanonicalDecl(); // Remove duplicates. auto ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end()); Protocols.erase(ProtocolsEnd, Protocols.end()); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) const { return getObjCObjectType(BaseType, {}, llvm::makeArrayRef(Protocols, NumProtocols), /*isKindOf=*/false); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType( QualType baseType, ArrayRef typeArgs, ArrayRef protocols, bool isKindOf) const { // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols or // type arguments to add, then the interface type will do just fine. if (typeArgs.empty() && protocols.empty() && !isKindOf && isa(baseType)) return baseType; // Look in the folding set for an existing type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(QT, 0); // Determine the type arguments to be used for canonicalization, // which may be explicitly specified here or written on the base // type. ArrayRef effectiveTypeArgs = typeArgs; if (effectiveTypeArgs.empty()) { if (auto baseObject = baseType->getAs()) effectiveTypeArgs = baseObject->getTypeArgs(); } // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and a // sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols and the type arguments // canonicalized. QualType canonical; bool typeArgsAreCanonical = std::all_of(effectiveTypeArgs.begin(), effectiveTypeArgs.end(), [&](QualType type) { return type.isCanonical(); }); bool protocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(protocols); if (!typeArgsAreCanonical || !protocolsSorted || !baseType.isCanonical()) { // Determine the canonical type arguments. ArrayRef canonTypeArgs; SmallVector canonTypeArgsVec; if (!typeArgsAreCanonical) { canonTypeArgsVec.reserve(effectiveTypeArgs.size()); for (auto typeArg : effectiveTypeArgs) canonTypeArgsVec.push_back(getCanonicalType(typeArg)); canonTypeArgs = canonTypeArgsVec; } else { canonTypeArgs = effectiveTypeArgs; } ArrayRef canonProtocols; SmallVector canonProtocolsVec; if (!protocolsSorted) { canonProtocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end()); SortAndUniqueProtocols(canonProtocolsVec); canonProtocols = canonProtocolsVec; } else { canonProtocols = protocols; } canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(baseType), canonTypeArgs, canonProtocols, isKindOf); // Regenerate InsertPos. ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); size += typeArgs.size() * sizeof(QualType); size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment); ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = new (mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(canonical, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf); Types.push_back(T); ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } /// Apply Objective-C protocol qualifiers to the given type. /// If this is for the canonical type of a type parameter, we can apply /// protocol qualifiers on the ObjCObjectPointerType. QualType ASTContext::applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(QualType type, ArrayRef protocols, bool &hasError, bool allowOnPointerType) const { hasError = false; if (const ObjCTypeParamType *objT = dyn_cast(type.getTypePtr())) { return getObjCTypeParamType(objT->getDecl(), protocols); } // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectPointerType. if (allowOnPointerType) { if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *objPtr = dyn_cast(type.getTypePtr())) { const ObjCObjectType *objT = objPtr->getObjectType(); // Merge protocol lists and construct ObjCObjectType. SmallVector protocolsVec; protocolsVec.append(objT->qual_begin(), objT->qual_end()); protocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end()); ArrayRef protocols = protocolsVec; type = getObjCObjectType( objT->getBaseType(), objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), protocols, objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); } } // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectType. if (const ObjCObjectType *objT = dyn_cast(type.getTypePtr())){ // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already // known to conform. return getObjCObjectType(objT->getBaseType(), objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), protocols, objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten()); } // If the canonical type is ObjCObjectType, ... if (type->isObjCObjectType()) { // Silently overwrite any existing protocol qualifiers. // TODO: determine whether that's the right thing to do. // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already // known to conform. return getObjCObjectType(type, {}, protocols, false); } // id if (type->isObjCIdType()) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *objPtr = type->castAs(); type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, protocols, objPtr->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); } // Class if (type->isObjCClassType()) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *objPtr = type->castAs(); type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, protocols, objPtr->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); } hasError = true; return type; } QualType ASTContext::getObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, ArrayRef protocols, QualType Canonical) const { // Look in the folding set for an existing type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ObjCTypeParamType::Profile(ID, Decl, protocols); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ObjCTypeParamType *TypeParam = ObjCTypeParamTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(TypeParam, 0); if (Canonical.isNull()) { // We canonicalize to the underlying type. Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); if (!protocols.empty()) { // Apply the protocol qualifers. bool hasError; Canonical = applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Canonical, protocols, hasError, true/*allowOnPointerType*/); assert(!hasError && "Error when apply protocol qualifier to bound type"); } } unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCTypeParamType); size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment); ObjCTypeParamType *newType = new (mem) ObjCTypeParamType(Decl, Canonical, protocols); Types.push_back(newType); ObjCTypeParamTypes.InsertNode(newType, InsertPos); return QualType(newType, 0); } /// ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols - Checks that protocols in IC's /// protocol list adopt all protocols in QT's qualified-id protocol /// list. bool ASTContext::ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(QualType QT, ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC) { if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return false; if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs()) { // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { if (!IC->ClassImplementsProtocol(Proto, false)) return false; } return true; } return false; } /// QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols - Checks that protocols in /// QT's qualified-id protocol list adopt all protocols in IDecl's list /// of protocols. bool ASTContext::QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(QualType QT, ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) { if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return false; const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs(); if (!OPT) return false; if (!IDecl->hasDefinition()) return false; llvm::SmallPtrSet InheritedProtocols; CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, InheritedProtocols); if (InheritedProtocols.empty()) return false; // Check that if every protocol in list of id conforms to a protcol // of IDecl's, then bridge casting is ok. bool Conforms = false; for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { Conforms = false; for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(Proto, PI)) { Conforms = true; break; } } if (!Conforms) break; } if (Conforms) return true; for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) { // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. bool Adopts = false; for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { // return 'true' if 'PI' is in the inheritance hierarchy of Proto if ((Adopts = ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(PI, Proto))) break; } if (!Adopts) return false; } return true; } /// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for /// the given object type. QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(QT, 0); // Find the canonical object type. QualType Canonical; if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); // Regenerate InsertPos. ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } // No match. void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); Types.push_back(QType); ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); return QualType(QType, 0); } /// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (PrevDecl) { assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); } // Prefer the definition, if there is one. if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) Decl = Def; void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); Decl->TypeForDecl = T; Types.push_back(T); return QualType(T, 0); } /// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get" functions, we can't unique /// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, /// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different /// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates /// on canonical type's (which are always unique). QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { TypeOfExprType *toe; if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (Canon) { // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); } else { // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); toe = Canon; } } else { QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); } Types.push_back(toe); return QualType(toe, 0); } /// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get" functions, we don't unique /// TypeOfType nodes. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be /// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be /// an issue. This doesn't affect the type checker, since it operates /// on canonical types (which are always unique). QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); Types.push_back(tot); return QualType(tot, 0); } /// \brief Unlike many "get" functions, we don't unique DecltypeType /// nodes. This would never be helpful, since each such type has its own /// expression, and would not give a significant memory saving, since there /// is an Expr tree under each such type. QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { DecltypeType *dt; // C++11 [temp.type]p2: // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentDecltypeType *Canon = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Canon) { // Build a new, canonical decltype(expr) type. Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); } dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, QualType((DecltypeType *)Canon, 0)); } else { dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); } Types.push_back(dt); return QualType(dt, 0); } /// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory /// savings are minimal and these are rare. QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, QualType UnderlyingType, UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) const { UnaryTransformType *ut = nullptr; if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { // Look in the folding set for an existing type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentUnaryTransformType::Profile(ID, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentUnaryTransformType *Canon = DependentUnaryTransformTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Canon) { // Build a new, canonical __underlying_type(type) type. Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentUnaryTransformType(*this, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind); DependentUnaryTransformTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); } ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, QualType(), Kind, QualType(Canon, 0)); } else { QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType); ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, Kind, CanonType); } Types.push_back(ut); return QualType(ut, 0); } /// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been /// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the /// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent) const { if (DeducedType.isNull() && Keyword == AutoTypeKeyword::Auto && !IsDependent) return getAutoDeductType(); // Look in the folding set for an existing type. void *InsertPos = nullptr; llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent); if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(AT, 0); AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent); Types.push_back(AT); if (InsertPos) AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); return QualType(AT, 0); } /// Return the uniqued reference to the deduced template specialization type /// which has been deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced /// such type, or the canonical deduced-but-dependent such type. QualType ASTContext::getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType( TemplateName Template, QualType DeducedType, bool IsDependent) const { // Look in the folding set for an existing type. void *InsertPos = nullptr; llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DeducedTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, Template, DeducedType, IsDependent); if (DeducedTemplateSpecializationType *DTST = DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(DTST, 0); DeducedTemplateSpecializationType *DTST = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(Template, DeducedType, IsDependent); Types.push_back(DTST); if (InsertPos) DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(DTST, InsertPos); return QualType(DTST, 0); } /// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for /// the given value type. QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(AT, 0); // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) AutoDeductTy = QualType( new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::Auto, /*dependent*/false), 0); return AutoDeductTy; } /// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); return AutoRRefDeductTy; } /// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { assert(Decl); // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting // away const? mutable? return getTypeDeclType(const_cast(Decl)); } /// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result /// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and /// needs to agree with the definition in . CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); } /// Return the unique signed counterpart of the integer type /// corresponding to size_t. CanQualType ASTContext::getSignedSizeType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getSignedSizeType()); } /// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); } /// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); } /// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? return WCharTy; } /// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? return UnsignedIntTy; } QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); } QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); } /// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) /// defined in . Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); } /// \brief Return the unique unsigned counterpart of "ptrdiff_t" /// integer type. The standard (C11 7.21.6.1p7) refers to this type /// in the definition of %tu format specifier. QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedPointerDiffType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getUnsignedPtrDiffType(0)); } /// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in /// . We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Operators //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining // qualifiers. T = getCanonicalType(T); T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); QualType Result; if (isa(Ty)) { Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); } else if (isa(Ty)) { Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); } else { Result = QualType(Ty, 0); } return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); } QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, Qualifiers &quals) { SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. // We then have to strip that sugar back off with // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. if (!AT) { quals = splitType.Quals; return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); } // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we // can just use the results in splitType. if (elementType == unqualElementType) { assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call quals = splitType.Quals; return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); } // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then // build the type back up. quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); } if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); } if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, VAT->getSizeExpr(), VAT->getSizeModifier(), VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), VAT->getBracketsRange()); } const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast(AT); return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, SourceRange()); } /// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that /// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that /// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types /// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this /// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level /// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically /// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and /// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs(), *T2PtrType = T2->getAs(); if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); return true; } const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs(), *T2MPType = T2->getAs(); if (T1MPType && T2MPType && hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); return true; } if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs(), *T2OPType = T2->getAs(); if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); return true; } } // FIXME: Block pointers, too? return false; } DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc) const { switch (Name.getKind()) { case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: case TemplateName::Template: // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), NameLoc); case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); } case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); DeclarationName DName; if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); } else { DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); } } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), NameLoc); } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), NameLoc); } } llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); } TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { switch (Name.getKind()) { case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: case TemplateName::Template: { TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast(Template)) Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. return TemplateName(cast(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); } case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); TemplateArgument canonArgPack = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); } } llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); } bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); } TemplateArgument ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { switch (Arg.getKind()) { case TemplateArgument::Null: return Arg; case TemplateArgument::Expression: return Arg; case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { ValueDecl *D = cast(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.getParamTypeForDecl()); } case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), /*isNullPtr*/true); case TemplateArgument::Template: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); case TemplateArgument::Integral: return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); case TemplateArgument::Type: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); case TemplateArgument::Pack: { if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) return Arg; TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; unsigned Idx = 0; for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); return TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size())); } } // Silence GCC warning llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); } NestedNameSpecifier * ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { if (!NNS) return nullptr; switch (NNS->getKind()) { case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), NNS->getAsIdentifier()); case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with // this namespace and no prefix. return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with // this namespace and no prefix. return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() ->getOriginalNamespace()); case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name // types, e.g., // typedef typename T::type T1; // typedef typename T1::type T2; if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs()) return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), const_cast(DNT->getIdentifier())); // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the // first place? return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, false, const_cast(T.getTypePtr())); } case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: // The global specifier and __super specifer are canonical and unique. return NNS; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); } const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { // Handle the common positive case fast. if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(T)) return AT; } // Handle the common negative case fast. if (!isa(T.getCanonicalType())) return nullptr; // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type // we must propagate them down into the element type. SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; // If we have a simple case, just return now. const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast(split.Ty); if (!ATy || qs.empty()) return ATy; // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(ATy)) return cast(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), CAT->getSizeModifier(), CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast(ATy)) return cast(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(), IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast(ATy)) return cast( getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), DSAT->getSizeModifier(), DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), DSAT->getBracketsRange())); const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast(ATy); return cast(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, VAT->getSizeExpr(), VAT->getSizeModifier(), VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), VAT->getBracketsRange())); } QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) return getDecayedType(T); return T; } QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); return T.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ASTContext::getExceptionObjectType(QualType T) const { // C++ [except.throw]p3: // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T" // or "pointer to function returning T", [...] T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) T = getDecayedType(T); return T.getUnqualifiedType(); } /// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the /// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when /// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, /// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. /// /// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present // (C99 6.7.3p8). const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict QualType Result = getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); // int x[_Nullable] -> int * _Nullable if (auto Nullability = Ty->getNullability(*this)) { Result = const_cast(this)->getAttributedType( AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), Result, Result); } return Result; } QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); } QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { Qualifiers qs; while (true) { SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); if (!array) break; type = array->getElementType(); qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); } return getQualifiedType(type, qs); } /// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. uint64_t ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { uint64_t ElementCount = 1; do { ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); CA = dyn_cast_or_null( CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); } while (CA); return ElementCount; } /// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. /// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs()) return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); assert(T->getAs() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); switch (T->getAs()->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); case BuiltinType::Float16: return Float16Rank; case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; case BuiltinType::Float128: return Float128Rank; } } /// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating /// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). /// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. /// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, QualType Domain) const { FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); if (Domain->isComplexType()) { switch (EltRank) { case Float16Rank: case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; case Float128Rank: return Float128ComplexTy; } } assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); switch (EltRank) { case Float16Rank: return HalfTy; case HalfRank: return HalfTy; case FloatRank: return FloatTy; case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; case Float128Rank: return Float128Ty; } llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); } /// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating /// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == /// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If /// LHS < RHS, return -1. int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); if (LHSR == RHSR) return 0; if (LHSR > RHSR) return 1; return -1; } /// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This /// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, /// or if it is not canonicalized. unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); switch (cast(T)->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); case BuiltinType::Bool: return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::Char_U: case BuiltinType::SChar: case BuiltinType::UChar: return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Short: case BuiltinType::UShort: return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Int: case BuiltinType::UInt: return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Long: case BuiltinType::ULong: return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::LongLong: case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Int128: case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); } } /// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according /// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). /// /// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no /// promotion occurs. QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return QualType(); // FIXME: We should not do this unless E->refersToBitField() is true. This // matters in C where getSourceBitField() will find bit-fields for various // cases where the source expression is not a bit-field designator. FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? if (!Field) return QualType(); QualType FT = Field->getType(); uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); // C++ [conv.prom]p5: // A prvalue for an integral bit-field can be converted to a prvalue of type // int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it // can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the // values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral // promotion applies to it. // C11 6.3.1.1/2: // [For a bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int:] // If an int can represent all values of the original type (as restricted by // the width, for a bit-field), the value is converted to an int; otherwise, // it is converted to an unsigned int. // // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of a 'long : 3' bitfield to int. // We perform that promotion here to match GCC and C++. if (BitWidth < IntSize) return IntTy; if (BitWidth == IntSize) return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act // like the base type. GCC has some weird bugs in this area that we // deliberately do not follow (GCC follows a pre-standard resolution to // C's DR315 which treats bit-width as being part of the type, and this leaks // into their semantics in some cases). return QualType(); } /// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will /// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable /// integer type. QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { assert(!Promotable.isNull()); assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs()) return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs()) { // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or // unsigned long long int [...] // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); if (FromSize < ToSize || (FromSize == ToSize && FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) return PromoteTypes[Idx]; } llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); } } // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) return IntTy; uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; } /// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable /// type and returns its ownership. Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { while (!T.isNull()) { if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) return T.getObjCLifetime(); if (T->isArrayType()) T = getBaseElementType(T); else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs()) T = PT->getPointeeType(); else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs()) T = RT->getPointeeType(); else break; } return Qualifiers::OCL_None; } static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) { // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped()) return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); return nullptr; } /// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: /// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If /// LHS < RHS, return -1. int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); // Unwrap enums to their underlying type. if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast(LHSC)) LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast(RHSC)) RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; } // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. if (LHSUnsigned) { // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) return 1; // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. return -1; } // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) return -1; // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. return 1; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringDecl() const { if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { assert(!CFConstantStringTagDecl && "tag and typedef should be initialized together"); CFConstantStringTagDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__NSConstantString_tag"); CFConstantStringTagDecl->startDefinition(); QualType FieldTypes[4]; const char *FieldNames[4]; // const int *isa; FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); FieldNames[0] = "isa"; // int flags; FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; FieldNames[1] = "flags"; // const char *str; FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); FieldNames[2] = "str"; // long length; FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; FieldNames[3] = "length"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); CFConstantStringTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } CFConstantStringTagDecl->completeDefinition(); // This type is designed to be compatible with NSConstantString, but cannot // use the same name, since NSConstantString is an interface. auto tagType = getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTagDecl); CFConstantStringTypeDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(tagType, "__NSConstantString"); } return CFConstantStringTypeDecl; } RecordDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringTagDecl() const { if (!CFConstantStringTagDecl) getCFConstantStringDecl(); // Build the tag and the typedef. return CFConstantStringTagDecl; } // getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { return getTypedefType(getCFConstantStringDecl()); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("objc_super"); TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); } return ObjCSuperType; } void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { const TypedefType *TD = T->getAs(); assert(TD && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); CFConstantStringTypeDecl = cast(TD->getDecl()); auto TagType = CFConstantStringTypeDecl->getUnderlyingType()->getAs(); assert(TagType && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); CFConstantStringTagDecl = TagType->getDecl(); } QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { if (BlockDescriptorType) return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); RecordDecl *RD; // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor"); RD->startDefinition(); QualType FieldTypes[] = { UnsignedLongTy, UnsignedLongTy, }; static const char *const FieldNames[] = { "reserved", "Size" }; for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); RD->addDecl(Field); } RD->completeDefinition(); BlockDescriptorType = RD; return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); } QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); RecordDecl *RD; // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"); RD->startDefinition(); QualType FieldTypes[] = { UnsignedLongTy, UnsignedLongTy, getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) }; static const char *const FieldNames[] = { "reserved", "Size", "CopyFuncPtr", "DestroyFuncPtr" }; for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); RD->addDecl(Field); } RD->completeDefinition(); BlockDescriptorExtendedType = RD; return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); } TargetInfo::OpenCLTypeKind ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeKind(const Type *T) const { auto BT = dyn_cast(T); if (!BT) { if (isa(T)) return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Pipe; return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default; } switch (BT->getKind()) { #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ case BuiltinType::Id: \ return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Image; #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ClkEvent; case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Event; case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Queue; case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: return TargetInfo::OCLTK_ReserveID; case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Sampler; default: return TargetInfo::OCLTK_Default; } } LangAS ASTContext::getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(const Type *T) const { return Target->getOpenCLTypeAddrSpace(getOpenCLTypeKind(T)); } /// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" /// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic /// in buildByrefHelpers. bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, const VarDecl *D) { if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; return true; } if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); // If we have lifetime, that dominates. if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { switch (lifetime) { case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: return false; // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the // byref routines. case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: return true; } llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); } return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); } bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) return false; HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; if (Ty->isRecordType()) { HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; } else if ((LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime())) { // Honor the ARC qualifiers. } else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { // The MRR rule. LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; } else { LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; } return true; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(getObjCIdType(), "instancetype"); return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; } // This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: // typedef BOOL; static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast(T)) if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) return II->isStr("BOOL"); return false; } /// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding /// purpose. CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) return CharUnits::Zero(); CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. else if (type->isArrayType()) sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); return sz; } bool ASTContext::isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(const VarDecl *VD) const { return getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && !VD->getFirstDecl()->isOutOfLine() && VD->getFirstDecl()->hasInit(); } ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind ASTContext::getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(const VarDecl *VD) const { if (!VD->isInline()) return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None; // In almost all cases, it's a weak definition. auto *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); if (First->isInlineSpecified() || !First->isStaticDataMember()) return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak; // If there's a file-context declaration in this translation unit, it's a // non-discardable definition. for (auto *D : VD->redecls()) if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext() && !D->isInlineSpecified() && (D->isConstexpr() || First->isConstexpr())) return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong; // If we've not seen one yet, we don't know. return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown; } static inline std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); } /// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block /// declaration. std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { std::string S; const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); QualType BlockTy = Expr->getType()->getAs()->getPointeeType(); // Encode result type. if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter( Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, BlockTy->getAs()->getReturnType(), S, true /*Extended*/); else getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs()->getReturnType(), S); // Compute size of all parameters. // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PI->getType(); CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); if (sz.isZero()) continue; assert(sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); ParmOffset += sz; } // Size of the argument frame S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); // Block pointer and offset. S += "@?0"; // Argument types. ParmOffset = PtrSize; for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { // Use array's original type only if it has known number of // elements. if (!isa(AT)) PType = PVDecl->getType(); } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) PType = PVDecl->getType(); if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, S, true /*Extended*/); else getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); } return S; } std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl) const { std::string S; // Encode result type. getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getReturnType(), S); CharUnits ParmOffset; // Compute size of all parameters. for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PI->getType(); CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); if (sz.isZero()) continue; assert(sz.isPositive() && "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); ParmOffset += sz; } S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); // Argument types. for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { // Use array's original type only if it has known number of // elements. if (!isa(AT)) PType = PVDecl->getType(); } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) PType = PVDecl->getType(); getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); } return S; } /// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single /// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and /// block object types. void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, QualType T, std::string& S, bool Extended) const { // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); // Encode parameter type. getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr, true /*OutermostType*/, false /*EncodingProperty*/, false /*StructField*/, Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); } /// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method /// declaration. std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, bool Extended) const { // FIXME: This is not very efficient. // Encode return type. std::string S; getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Decl->getReturnType(), S, Extended); // Compute size of all parameters. // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for // their size. CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); if (sz.isZero()) continue; assert(sz.isPositive() && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); ParmOffset += sz; } S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); S += "@0:"; S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); // Argument types. ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { // Use array's original type only if it has known number of // elements. if (!isa(AT)) PType = PVDecl->getType(); } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) PType = PVDecl->getType(); getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), PType, S, Extended); S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); } return S; } ObjCPropertyImplDecl * ASTContext::getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl( const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, const Decl *Container) const { if (!Container) return nullptr; if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = dyn_cast(Container)) { for (auto *PID : CID->property_impls()) if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) return PID; } else { const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast(Container); for (auto *PID : OID->property_impls()) if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) return PID; } return nullptr; } /// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this /// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an /// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be /// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. /// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple /// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The /// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are /// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types /// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode /// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: /// @code /// enum PropertyAttributes { /// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. /// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned /// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned /// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic /// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name /// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name /// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name /// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. /// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property /// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able /// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic /// }; /// @endcode std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, const Decl *Container) const { // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). bool Dynamic = false; ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = nullptr; if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropertyImpDecl = getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(PD, Container)) { if (PropertyImpDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) Dynamic = true; else SynthesizePID = PropertyImpDecl; } // FIXME: This is not very efficient. std::string S = "T"; // Encode result type. // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which // closely resembles encoding of ivars. getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(PD->getType(), S); if (PD->isReadOnly()) { S += ",R"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) S += ",C"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) S += ",&"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) S += ",W"; } else { switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; } } // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties // are "dynamic by default". if (Dynamic) S += ",D"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) S += ",N"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { S += ",G"; S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); } if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { S += ",S"; S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); } if (SynthesizePID) { const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); S += ",V"; S += OID->getNameAsString(); } // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong return S; } /// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - /// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as /// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use /// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { if (isa(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs()) { if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; else if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) PointeeTy = IntTy; } } } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, const FieldDecl *Field, QualType *NotEncodedT) const { // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the // same type. getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, true /* outermost type */, false, false, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(QualType T, std::string& S) const { // Encode result type. // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which // closely resembles encoding of ivars. getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr, true /* outermost type */, true /* encoding property */); } static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, BuiltinType::Kind kind) { switch (kind) { case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; case BuiltinType::Char_U: case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; case BuiltinType::Char16: case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; case BuiltinType::Char32: case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; case BuiltinType::ULong: return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; case BuiltinType::WChar_S: case BuiltinType::WChar_U: case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; case BuiltinType::Long: return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* case BuiltinType::Float16: case BuiltinType::Float128: case BuiltinType::Half: // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! return ' '; case BuiltinType::ObjCId: case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ case BuiltinType::Id: #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: case BuiltinType::Dependent: #define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ case BuiltinType::KIND: #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); } llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); } static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. if (!Enum->isFixed()) return 'i'; // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs(); return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); } static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); S += 'b'; // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: // // struct // { // int integer; // int flags:2; // }; // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { uint64_t Offset; if (const auto *IVD = dyn_cast(FD)) { Offset = Ctx->lookupFieldBitOffset(IVD->getContainingInterface(), nullptr, IVD); } else { const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); Offset = RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()); } S += llvm::utostr(Offset); if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs()) S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); else { const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs(); S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); } } S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); } // FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, bool ExpandPointedToStructures, bool ExpandStructures, const FieldDecl *FD, bool OutermostType, bool EncodingProperty, bool StructField, bool EncodeBlockParameters, bool EncodeClassNames, bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef, QualType *NotEncodedT) const { CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { case Type::Builtin: case Type::Enum: if (FD && FD->isBitField()) return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast(CT)) S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); else S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast(CT)); return; case Type::Complex: { const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs(); S += 'j'; getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, nullptr); return; } case Type::Atomic: { const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs(); S += 'A'; getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, nullptr); return; } // encoding for pointer or reference types. case Type::Pointer: case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: { QualType PointeeTy; if (isa(CT)) { const PointerType *PT = T->castAs(); if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { S += ':'; return; } PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); } else { PointeeTy = T->castAs()->getPointeeType(); } bool isReadOnly = false; // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! if (isa(T.getTypePtr())) { if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { isReadOnly = true; S += 'r'; } } else if (OutermostType) { QualType P = PointeeTy; while (P->getAs()) P = P->getAs()->getPointeeType(); if (P.isConstQualified()) { isReadOnly = true; S += 'r'; } } if (isReadOnly) { // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type // combinations need to be rearranged. // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); } if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { S += '*'; return; } } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs()) { // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { S += '#'; return; } // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { S += '@'; return; } // fall through... } S += '^'; getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); return; } case Type::ConstantArray: case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: { const ArrayType *AT = cast(CT); if (isa(AT) && !StructField) { // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. S += '^'; getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, false, ExpandStructures, FD); } else { S += '['; if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(AT)) S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); else { //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. assert((isa(AT) || isa(AT)) && "Unknown array type!"); S += '0'; } getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, false, ExpandStructures, FD, false, false, false, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); S += ']'; } return; } case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::FunctionProto: S += '?'; return; case Type::Record: { RecordDecl *RDecl = cast(CT)->getDecl(); S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; // Anonymous structures print as '?' if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { S += II->getName(); if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec = dyn_cast(RDecl)) { const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); printTemplateArgumentList(OS, TemplateArgs.asArray(), getPrintingPolicy()); } } else { S += '?'; } if (ExpandStructures) { S += '='; if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD, true, NotEncodedT); } else { for (const auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { if (FD) { S += '"'; S += Field->getNameAsString(); S += '"'; } // Special case bit-fields. if (Field->isBitField()) { getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); } else { QualType qt = Field->getType(); getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, /*OutermostType*/false, /*EncodingProperty*/false, /*StructField*/true, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); } } } } S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; return; } case Type::BlockPointer: { const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs(); S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". if (EncodeBlockParameters) { const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs(); S += '<'; // Block return type getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( FT->getReturnType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty, false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false, NotEncodedT); // Block self S += "@?"; // Block parameters if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast(FT)) { for (const auto &I : FPT->param_types()) getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( I, S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty, false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false, NotEncodedT); } S += '>'; } return; } case Type::ObjCObject: { // hack to match legacy encoding of *id and *Class QualType Ty = getObjCObjectPointerType(CT); if (Ty->isObjCIdType()) { S += "{objc_object=}"; return; } else if (Ty->isObjCClassType()) { S += "{objc_class=}"; return; } // TODO: Double check to make sure this intentially falls through. LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; } case Type::ObjCInterface: { // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. // @encode(class_name) ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->castAs()->getInterface(); S += '{'; S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); if (ExpandStructures) { S += '='; SmallVector Ivars; DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { const FieldDecl *Field = cast(Ivars[i]); if (Field->isBitField()) getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); else getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, false, false, false, false, false, EncodePointerToObjCTypedef, NotEncodedT); } } S += '}'; return; } case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs(); if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { S += '@'; return; } if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class

'. // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. S += '#'; return; } if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD); if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. S += '"'; for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) { S += '<'; S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); S += '>'; } S += '"'; } return; } QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); if (!EncodingProperty && isa(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { // Another historical/compatibility reason. // We encode the underlying type which comes out as // {...}; S += '^'; if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases. ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl(); SmallVector Ivars; DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { if (cast(Ivars[i]) == FD) { S += '{'; S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); S += '}'; return; } } } getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); return; } S += '@'; if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { S += '"'; S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) { S += '<'; S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); S += '>'; } S += '"'; } return; } // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. case Type::MemberPointer: // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is insufficient. //FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. case Type::Vector: case Type::ExtVector: // Until we have a coherent encoding of these three types, issue warning. if (NotEncodedT) *NotEncodedT = T; return; // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. // Just ignore it. case Type::Auto: case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: return; case Type::Pipe: #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) #define TYPE(KIND, BASE) #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ case Type::KIND: #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ case Type::KIND: #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ case Type::KIND: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); } llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, std::string &S, const FieldDecl *FD, bool includeVBases, QualType *NotEncodedT) const { assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); if (!RDecl->getDefinition() || RDecl->getDefinition()->isInvalidDecl()) return; CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast(RDecl); std::multimap FieldOrBaseOffsets; const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); if (CXXRec) { for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->bases()) { if (!BI.isVirtual()) { CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); if (base->isEmpty()) continue; uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), std::make_pair(offs, base)); } } } unsigned i = 0; for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), std::make_pair(offs, Field)); ++i; } if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->vbases()) { CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); if (base->isEmpty()) continue; uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) && FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), std::make_pair(offs, base)); } } CharUnits size; if (CXXRec) { size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); } else { size = layout.getSize(); } #ifndef NDEBUG uint64_t CurOffs = 0; #endif std::multimap::iterator CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { if (FD) { S += "\"_vptr$"; std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; S += recname; S += '"'; } S += "^^?"; #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); #endif } if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { // Mark the end of the structure. uint64_t offs = toBits(size); FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), std::make_pair(offs, nullptr)); } for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { #ifndef NDEBUG assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be // longer then though. CurOffs += padding; } #endif NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; if (!dcl) break; // reached end of structure. if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast(dcl)) { // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false, NotEncodedT); assert(!base->isEmpty()); #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); #endif } else { FieldDecl *field = cast(dcl); if (FD) { S += '"'; S += field->getNameAsString(); S += '"'; } if (field->isBitField()) { EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); #endif } else { QualType qt = field->getType(); getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, /*OutermostType*/false, /*EncodingProperty*/false, /*StructField*/true, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); #endif } } } } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, std::string& S) const { if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) S += 'n'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) S += 'N'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) S += 'o'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) S += 'O'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) S += 'R'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) S += 'V'; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { if (!ObjCIdDecl) { QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, {}, {}); T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); ObjCIdDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "id"); } return ObjCIdDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { if (!ObjCSelDecl) { QualType T = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); ObjCSelDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "SEL"); } return ObjCSelDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { if (!ObjCClassDecl) { QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, {}, {}); T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); ObjCClassDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "Class"); } return ObjCClassDecl; } ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { ObjCProtocolClassDecl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get("Protocol"), /*typeParamList=*/nullptr, /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, SourceLocation(), true); } return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // __builtin_va_list Construction Functions //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, StringRef Name) { // typedef char* __builtin[_ms]_va_list; QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, Name); } static TypedefDecl *CreateMSVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_ms_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list"); if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // namespace std { struct __va_list { NamespaceDecl *NS; NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), /*Inline*/ false, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr); NS->setImplicit(); VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); } VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 5; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // void *__stack; FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; // void *__gr_top; FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; // void *__vr_top; FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; // int __gr_offs; FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; // int __vr_offs; FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // } __builtin_va_list; return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // typedef struct __va_list_tag { RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 5; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // unsigned char gpr; FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; // unsigned char fpr; FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; // unsigned short reserved; FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; // void* overflow_arg_area; FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; // void* reg_save_area; FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // } __va_list_tag; TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl = Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__va_list_tag"); QualType VaListTagTypedefType = Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list_tag { RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 4; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // unsigned gp_offset; FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; // unsigned fp_offset; FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; // void* overflow_arg_area; FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; // void* reg_save_area; FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // }; // typedef struct __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); QualType IntArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(IntArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list RecordDecl *VaListDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list"); if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // namespace std { struct __va_list { NamespaceDecl *NS; NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr); NS->setImplicit(); VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); } VaListDecl->startDefinition(); // void * __ap; FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); // }; VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListDecl; // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; QualType T = Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list_tag { RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 4; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // long __gpr; FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; // long __fpr; FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; // void *__overflow_arg_area; FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; // void *__reg_save_area; FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // }; // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { switch (Kind) { case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); } llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) { BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); assert(BuiltinVaListDecl->isImplicit()); } return BuiltinVaListDecl; } Decl *ASTContext::getVaListTagDecl() const { // Force the creation of VaListTagDecl by building the __builtin_va_list // declaration. if (!VaListTagDecl) (void)getBuiltinVaListDecl(); return VaListTagDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinMSVaListDecl() const { if (!BuiltinMSVaListDecl) BuiltinMSVaListDecl = CreateMSVaListDecl(this); return BuiltinMSVaListDecl; } void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty /// lookup. TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { unsigned size = End - Begin; assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { NamedDecl *D = *I; assert(isa(D) || (isa(D) && isa(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); *Storage++ = D; } return TemplateName(OT); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified /// template name such as \c std::vector. TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool TemplateKeyword, TemplateDecl *Template) const { assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); // FIXME: Canonicalization? llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); void *InsertPos = nullptr; QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!QTN) { QTN = new (*this, alignof(QualifiedTemplateName)) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); } return TemplateName(QTN); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent /// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTemplateName *QTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (QTN) return TemplateName(QTN); NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); if (CanonNNS == NNS) { QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); } else { TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); (void)CheckQTN; } DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); return TemplateName(QTN); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent /// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTemplateName *QTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (QTN) return TemplateName(QTN); NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); if (CanonNNS == NNS) { QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); } else { TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); (void)CheckQTN; } DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); return TemplateName(QTN); } TemplateName ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, TemplateName replacement) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); void *insertPos = nullptr; SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); if (!subst) { subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); } return TemplateName(subst); } TemplateName ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { ASTContext &Self = const_cast(*this); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); void *InsertPos = nullptr; SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Subst) { Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, ArgPack.pack_size(), ArgPack.pack_begin()); SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); } return TemplateName(Subst); } /// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by /// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type /// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { switch (Type) { case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy; case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; } llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Predicates. //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's /// garbage collection attribute. /// Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) return Qualifiers::GCNone; assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared // as __strong. if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) return Qualifiers::Strong; else if (Ty->isPointerType()) return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs()->getPointeeType()); } else { // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a // pointer. #ifndef NDEBUG QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(CT)) CT = AT->getElementType(); assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); #endif } return GCAttrs; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Compatibility Testing //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are /// compatible. static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, const VectorType *RHS) { assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); } bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, QualType SecondVec) { assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) return true; // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the // equivalent GCC vector types. const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs(); const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs(); if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) return true; return false; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the /// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) return true; for (auto *PI : rProto->protocols()) if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, PI)) return true; return false; } /// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class and /// Class. bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs(); const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs(); assert((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) { bool match = false; for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { match = true; break; } } if (!match) return false; } return true; } /// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an /// ObjCQualifiedIDType. bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, bool compare) { // Allow id and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) return true; else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) return true; if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs(); if (!rhsOPT) return false; if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", // make sure we check the class hierarchy. if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) { // when comparing an id

on lhs with a static type on rhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) return false; } } // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. return true; } // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) { bool match = false; // when comparing an id

on lhs with a static type on rhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { match = true; break; } } // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString

*", // make sure we check the class hierarchy. if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) { // when comparing an id

on lhs with a static type on rhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) { match = true; break; } } } if (!match) return false; } return true; } const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id"); if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. for (auto *lhsProto : lhsOPT->quals()) { bool match = false; // when comparing an id

on rhs with a static type on lhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { match = true; break; } } if (!match) return false; } // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { llvm::SmallPtrSet LHSInheritedProtocols; CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) // assume that it is mismatch. if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) return false; for (auto *lhsProto : LHSInheritedProtocols) { bool match = false; for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { match = true; break; } } if (!match) return false; } } return true; } return false; } /// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are /// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any /// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) return true; // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles // __kindof types. auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool { if (succeeded) return true; if (!RHS->isKindOfType()) return false; // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether // we can assign the other way. return canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this)); }; if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) { return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), QualType(RHSOPT,0), false)); } if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) { return finish(ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), QualType(RHSOPT,0))); } // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) { return finish(canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)); } return false; } /// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written /// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return /// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where /// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is /// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, bool BlockReturnType) { // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles // __kindof types. auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool { if (succeeded) return true; const ObjCObjectPointerType *Expected = BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT; if (!Expected->isKindOfType()) return false; // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether // we can assign the other way. return canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), BlockReturnType); }; if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) return true; if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { return finish(RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()); } if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), QualType(RHSOPT,0), false)); const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. if (LHS != RHS) { if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) return finish(BlockReturnType); if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) return finish(!BlockReturnType); } else return true; } return false; } /// Comparison routine for Objective-C protocols to be used with /// llvm::array_pod_sort. static int compareObjCProtocolsByName(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *lhs, ObjCProtocolDecl * const *rhs) { return (*lhs)->getName().compare((*rhs)->getName()); } /// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set /// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects with /// the given common base. /// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of /// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. static void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CommonBase, const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, SmallVectorImpl &IntersectionSet) { const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); // Add all of the protocols for the LHS. llvm::SmallPtrSet LHSProtocolSet; // Start with the protocol qualifiers. for (auto proto : LHS->quals()) { Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, LHSProtocolSet); } // Also add the protocols associated with the LHS interface. Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), LHSProtocolSet); // Add all of the protocls for the RHS. llvm::SmallPtrSet RHSProtocolSet; // Start with the protocol qualifiers. for (auto proto : RHS->quals()) { Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, RHSProtocolSet); } // Also add the protocols associated with the RHS interface. Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), RHSProtocolSet); // Compute the intersection of the collected protocol sets. for (auto proto : LHSProtocolSet) { if (RHSProtocolSet.count(proto)) IntersectionSet.push_back(proto); } // Compute the set of protocols that is implied by either the common type or // the protocols within the intersection. llvm::SmallPtrSet ImpliedProtocols; Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(CommonBase, ImpliedProtocols); // Remove any implied protocols from the list of inherited protocols. if (!ImpliedProtocols.empty()) { IntersectionSet.erase( std::remove_if(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(), [&](ObjCProtocolDecl *proto) -> bool { return ImpliedProtocols.count(proto) > 0; }), IntersectionSet.end()); } // Sort the remaining protocols by name. llvm::array_pod_sort(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(), compareObjCProtocolsByName); } /// Determine whether the first type is a subtype of the second. static bool canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ASTContext &ctx, QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { // Common case: two object pointers. const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = lhs->getAs(); const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs(); if (lhsOPT && rhsOPT) return ctx.canAssignObjCInterfaces(lhsOPT, rhsOPT); // Two block pointers. const BlockPointerType *lhsBlock = lhs->getAs(); const BlockPointerType *rhsBlock = rhs->getAs(); if (lhsBlock && rhsBlock) return ctx.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhs, rhs); // If either is an unqualified 'id' and the other is a block, it's // acceptable. if ((lhsOPT && lhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && rhsBlock) || (rhsOPT && rhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && lhsBlock)) return true; return false; } // Check that the given Objective-C type argument lists are equivalent. static bool sameObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface, ArrayRef lhsArgs, ArrayRef rhsArgs, bool stripKindOf) { if (lhsArgs.size() != rhsArgs.size()) return false; ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = iface->getTypeParamList(); for (unsigned i = 0, n = lhsArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) { if (ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i])) continue; switch (typeParams->begin()[i]->getVariance()) { case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant: if (!stripKindOf || !ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx), rhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx))) { return false; } break; case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant: if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i])) return false; break; case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant: if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, rhsArgs[i], lhsArgs[i])) return false; break; } } return true; } QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); if (!LDecl || !RDecl) return QualType(); // When either LHS or RHS is a kindof type, we should return a kindof type. // For example, for common base of kindof(ASub1) and kindof(ASub2), we return // kindof(A). bool anyKindOf = LHS->isKindOfType() || RHS->isKindOfType(); // Follow the left-hand side up the class hierarchy until we either hit a // root or find the RHS. Record the ancestors in case we don't find it. llvm::SmallDenseMap LHSAncestors; while (true) { // Record this ancestor. We'll need this if the common type isn't in the // path from the LHS to the root. LHSAncestors[LHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()] = LHS; if (declaresSameEntity(LHS->getInterface(), RDecl)) { // Get the type arguments. ArrayRef LHSTypeArgs = LHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); bool anyChanges = false; if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) { // Both have type arguments, compare them. if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(), /*stripKindOf=*/true)) return QualType(); } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) { // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type // arguments. LHSTypeArgs = {}; anyChanges = true; } // Compute the intersection of protocols. SmallVector Protocols; getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, LHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); if (!Protocols.empty()) anyChanges = true; // If anything in the LHS will have changed, build a new result type. // If we need to return a kindof type but LHS is not a kindof type, we // build a new result type. if (anyChanges || LHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) { QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(LHS->getInterface()); Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, LHSTypeArgs, Protocols, anyKindOf || LHS->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); } return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(LHS, 0)); } // Find the superclass. QualType LHSSuperType = LHS->getSuperClassType(); if (LHSSuperType.isNull()) break; LHS = LHSSuperType->castAs(); } // We didn't find anything by following the LHS to its root; now check // the RHS against the cached set of ancestors. while (true) { auto KnownLHS = LHSAncestors.find(RHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()); if (KnownLHS != LHSAncestors.end()) { LHS = KnownLHS->second; // Get the type arguments. ArrayRef RHSTypeArgs = RHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); bool anyChanges = false; if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) { // Both have type arguments, compare them. if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(), /*stripKindOf=*/true)) return QualType(); } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) { // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type // arguments. RHSTypeArgs = {}; anyChanges = true; } // Compute the intersection of protocols. SmallVector Protocols; getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, RHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); if (!Protocols.empty()) anyChanges = true; // If we need to return a kindof type but RHS is not a kindof type, we // build a new result type. if (anyChanges || RHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) { QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(RHS->getInterface()); Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, RHSTypeArgs, Protocols, anyKindOf || RHS->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); } return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(RHS, 0)); } // Find the superclass of the RHS. QualType RHSSuperType = RHS->getSuperClassType(); if (RHSSuperType.isNull()) break; RHS = RHSSuperType->castAs(); } return QualType(); } bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of // the LHS. ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSInterface = LHS->getInterface(); bool IsSuperClass = LHSInterface->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); if (!IsSuperClass) return false; // If the LHS has protocol qualifiers, determine whether all of them are // satisfied by the RHS (i.e., the RHS has a superset of the protocols in the // LHS). if (LHS->getNumProtocols() > 0) { // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj = lhs is ok. // But not SuperObj = lhs. llvm::SmallPtrSet SuperClassInheritedProtocols; CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); // Also, if RHS has explicit quelifiers, include them for comparing with LHS's // qualifiers. for (auto *RHSPI : RHS->quals()) CollectInheritedProtocols(RHSPI, SuperClassInheritedProtocols); // If there is no protocols associated with RHS, it is not a match. if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) return false; for (const auto *LHSProto : LHS->quals()) { bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; for (auto *SuperClassProto : SuperClassInheritedProtocols) if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { SuperImplementsProtocol = true; break; } if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) return false; } } // If the LHS is specialized, we may need to check type arguments. if (LHS->isSpecialized()) { // Follow the superclass chain until we've matched the LHS class in the // hierarchy. This substitutes type arguments through. const ObjCObjectType *RHSSuper = RHS; while (!declaresSameEntity(RHSSuper->getInterface(), LHSInterface)) RHSSuper = RHSSuper->getSuperClassType()->castAs(); // If the RHS is specializd, compare type arguments. if (RHSSuper->isSpecialized() && !sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHSSuper->getTypeArgs(), /*stripKindOf=*/true)) { return false; } } return true; } bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { // get the "pointed to" types const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs(); const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs(); if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) return false; return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); } bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { return canAssignObjCInterfaces( getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs(), getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs()); } /// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, /// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. /// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the /// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, bool CompareUnqualified) { if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); } bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); } bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); } /// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member /// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return /// QualType() QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified) { if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); if (UD->hasAttr()) { for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) { QualType ET = I->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (!MT.isNull()) return MT; } } } return QualType(); } /// mergeFunctionParameterTypes - merge two types which appear as function /// parameter types QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionParameterTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified) { // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other // type is compatible with a union member QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (!lmerge.isNull()) return lmerge; QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (!rmerge.isNull()) return rmerge; return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); } QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified) { const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs(); const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs(); const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast(lbase); const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast(rbase); bool allLTypes = true; bool allRTypes = true; // Check return type QualType retType; if (OfBlockPointer) { QualType RHS = rbase->getReturnType(); QualType LHS = lbase->getReturnType(); bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; if (!UnqualifiedResult) UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); } else retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getReturnType(), rbase->getReturnType(), false, Unqualified); if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (Unqualified) retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getReturnType()); CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getReturnType()); if (Unqualified) { LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); } if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) allLTypes = false; if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) allRTypes = false; // FIXME: double check this // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC()) return QualType(); // Regparm is part of the calling convention. if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) return QualType(); if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) return QualType(); if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) return QualType(); if (lbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != rbaseInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) return QualType(); // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) allLTypes = false; if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) allRTypes = false; FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); // Compatible functions must have the same number of parameters if (lproto->getNumParams() != rproto->getNumParams()) return QualType(); // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) return QualType(); SmallVector newParamInfos; bool canUseLeft, canUseRight; if (!mergeExtParameterInfo(lproto, rproto, canUseLeft, canUseRight, newParamInfos)) return QualType(); if (!canUseLeft) allLTypes = false; if (!canUseRight) allRTypes = false; // Check parameter type compatibility SmallVector types; for (unsigned i = 0, n = lproto->getNumParams(); i < n; i++) { QualType lParamType = lproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); QualType rParamType = rproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); QualType paramType = mergeFunctionParameterTypes( lParamType, rParamType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (paramType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (Unqualified) paramType = paramType.getUnqualifiedType(); types.push_back(paramType); if (Unqualified) { lParamType = lParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); rParamType = rParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); } if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(lParamType)) allLTypes = false; if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(rParamType)) allRTypes = false; } if (allLTypes) return lhs; if (allRTypes) return rhs; FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; EPI.ExtParameterInfos = newParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : newParamInfos.data(); return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); } if (lproto) allRTypes = false; if (rproto) allLTypes = false; const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; if (proto) { assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); // Check that the types are compatible with the types that // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). // The only types actually affected are promotable integer // types and floats, which would be passed as a different // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. for (unsigned i = 0, n = proto->getNumParams(); i < n; ++i) { QualType paramTy = proto->getParamType(i); // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used // to pass enum values. if (const EnumType *Enum = paramTy->getAs()) { paramTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); if (paramTy.isNull()) return QualType(); } if (paramTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || getCanonicalType(paramTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) return QualType(); } if (allLTypes) return lhs; if (allRTypes) return rhs; FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getParamTypes(), EPI); } if (allLTypes) return lhs; if (allRTypes) return rhs; return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); } /// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion // type. QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) return other; // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any // integral type of the same size. if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) return other; return QualType(); } QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). assert(!LHS->getAs() && "LHS is a reference type?"); assert(!RHS->getAs() && "RHS is a reference type?"); if (Unqualified) { LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); // If two types are identical, they are compatible. if (LHSCan == RHSCan) return LHS; // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); if (LQuals != RQuals) { // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type // mismatch. if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime() || LQuals.hasUnaligned() != RQuals.hasUnaligned()) return QualType(); // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually // qualified __strong. Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) return QualType(); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); } if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); } return QualType(); } // Okay, qualifiers are equal. Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these // comparisons, just force one to the other. if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; // Same as above for arrays if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; // If the canonical type classes don't match. if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs()) { return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); } if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs()) { return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); } // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) return LHS; if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) return RHS; } return QualType(); } // The canonical type classes match. switch (LHSClass) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); case Type::Auto: case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: case Type::MemberPointer: llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); case Type::ObjCInterface: case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: case Type::FunctionProto: case Type::ExtVector: llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); case Type::Pointer: { // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getPointerType(ResultType); } case Type::BlockPointer: { // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); } if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { Qualifiers LHSPteeQual = LHSPointee.getQualifiers(); Qualifiers RHSPteeQual = RHSPointee.getQualifiers(); // Blocks can't be an expression in a ternary operator (OpenCL v2.0 // 6.12.5) thus the following check is asymmetric. if (!LHSPteeQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(RHSPteeQual)) return QualType(); LHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace(); RHSPteeQual.removeAddressSpace(); LHSPointee = QualType(LHSPointee.getTypePtr(), LHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue()); RHSPointee = QualType(RHSPointee.getTypePtr(), RHSPteeQual.getAsOpaqueValue()); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); } case Type::Atomic: { // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs()->getValueType(); QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs()->getValueType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getAtomicType(ResultType); } case Type::ConstantArray: { const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) return QualType(); QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; if (LVAT) { // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type // has to be different. return LHS; } if (RVAT) { // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type // has to be different. return RHS; } if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); } case Type::FunctionNoProto: return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: return QualType(); case Type::Builtin: // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. return QualType(); case Type::Complex: // Distinct complex types are incompatible. return QualType(); case Type::Vector: // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs(), RHSCan->getAs())) return LHS; return QualType(); case Type::ObjCObject: { // Check if the types are assignment compatible. // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs(); const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs(); if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) return LHS; return QualType(); } case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: if (OfBlockPointer) { if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( LHS->getAs(), RHS->getAs(), BlockReturnType)) return LHS; return QualType(); } if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs(), RHS->getAs())) return LHS; return QualType(); case Type::Pipe: assert(LHS != RHS && "Equivalent pipe types should have already been handled!"); return QualType(); } llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); } bool ASTContext::mergeExtParameterInfo( const FunctionProtoType *FirstFnType, const FunctionProtoType *SecondFnType, bool &CanUseFirst, bool &CanUseSecond, SmallVectorImpl &NewParamInfos) { assert(NewParamInfos.empty() && "param info list not empty"); CanUseFirst = CanUseSecond = true; bool FirstHasInfo = FirstFnType->hasExtParameterInfos(); bool SecondHasInfo = SecondFnType->hasExtParameterInfos(); // Fast path: if the first type doesn't have ext parameter infos, // we match if and only if the second type also doesn't have them. if (!FirstHasInfo && !SecondHasInfo) return true; bool NeedParamInfo = false; size_t E = FirstHasInfo ? FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size() : SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfos().size(); for (size_t I = 0; I < E; ++I) { FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo FirstParam, SecondParam; if (FirstHasInfo) FirstParam = FirstFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I); if (SecondHasInfo) SecondParam = SecondFnType->getExtParameterInfo(I); // Cannot merge unless everything except the noescape flag matches. if (FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(false) != SecondParam.withIsNoEscape(false)) return false; bool FirstNoEscape = FirstParam.isNoEscape(); bool SecondNoEscape = SecondParam.isNoEscape(); bool IsNoEscape = FirstNoEscape && SecondNoEscape; NewParamInfos.push_back(FirstParam.withIsNoEscape(IsNoEscape)); if (NewParamInfos.back().getOpaqueValue()) NeedParamInfo = true; if (FirstNoEscape != IsNoEscape) CanUseFirst = false; if (SecondNoEscape != IsNoEscape) CanUseSecond = false; } if (!NeedParamInfo) NewParamInfos.clear(); return true; } void ASTContext::ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) { ObjCLayouts[CD] = nullptr; } /// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and /// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function /// return types. QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); // If two types are identical, they are compatible. if (LHSCan == RHSCan) return LHS; if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) return QualType(); QualType OldReturnType = cast(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType(); QualType NewReturnType = cast(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType(); QualType ResReturnType = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); if (ResReturnType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs(); if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast(F)) { FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); QualType ResultType = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); return ResultType; } } return QualType(); } // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); if (LQuals != RQuals) { // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) return QualType(); // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually // qualified __strong. Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) return QualType(); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) return LHS; if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) return RHS; return QualType(); } if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) return LHS; if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) return RHS; } return QualType(); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Integer Predicates //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs()) T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); if (T->isBooleanType()) return 1; // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); } QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs()) return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs()) T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs(); assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); switch (BTy->getKind()) { case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::SChar: return UnsignedCharTy; case BuiltinType::Short: return UnsignedShortTy; case BuiltinType::Int: return UnsignedIntTy; case BuiltinType::Long: return UnsignedLongTy; case BuiltinType::LongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; case BuiltinType::Int128: return UnsignedInt128Ty; default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); } } ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() = default; void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, QualType ReturnType) {} //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Builtin Type Computation //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the /// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If /// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic /// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of /// a vector of "i*". /// /// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required /// to be an Integer Constant Expression. static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, bool &RequiresICE, bool AllowTypeModifiers) { // Modifiers. int HowLong = 0; bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; RequiresICE = false; // Read the prefixed modifiers first. bool Done = false; #ifndef NDEBUG bool IsSpecialLong = false; #endif while (!Done) { switch (*Str++) { default: Done = true; --Str; break; case 'I': RequiresICE = true; break; case 'S': assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); Signed = true; break; case 'U': assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'U' modifier multiple times!"); Unsigned = true; break; case 'L': assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use 'L' with 'W' or 'N' modifiers"); assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); ++HowLong; break; case 'N': // 'N' behaves like 'L' for all non LP64 targets and 'int' otherwise. assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use two 'N' or 'W' modifiers!"); assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'N' modifiers!"); #ifndef NDEBUG IsSpecialLong = true; #endif if (Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32) ++HowLong; break; case 'W': // This modifier represents int64 type. assert(!IsSpecialLong && "Can't use two 'N' or 'W' modifiers!"); assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'W' modifiers!"); #ifndef NDEBUG IsSpecialLong = true; #endif switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type"); case TargetInfo::SignedLong: HowLong = 1; break; case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: HowLong = 2; break; } break; } } QualType Type; // Read the base type. switch (*Str++) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); case 'v': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); Type = Context.VoidTy; break; case 'h': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'h'!"); Type = Context.HalfTy; break; case 'f': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); Type = Context.FloatTy; break; case 'd': assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); if (HowLong) Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; else Type = Context.DoubleTy; break; case 's': assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); if (Unsigned) Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; else Type = Context.ShortTy; break; case 'i': if (HowLong == 3) Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; else if (HowLong == 2) Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; else if (HowLong == 1) Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; else Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; break; case 'c': assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); if (Signed) Type = Context.SignedCharTy; else if (Unsigned) Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; else Type = Context.CharTy; break; case 'b': // boolean assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); Type = Context.BoolTy; break; case 'z': // size_t. assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); Type = Context.getSizeType(); break; case 'w': // wchar_t. assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'w'!"); Type = Context.getWideCharType(); break; case 'F': Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); break; case 'G': Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); break; case 'H': Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); break; case 'M': Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); break; case 'a': Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); break; case 'A': // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want // it to be a __va_list_tag*. Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); if (Type->isArrayType()) Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); else Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); break; case 'V': { char *End; unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); Str = End; QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, false); assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, VectorType::GenericVector); break; } case 'E': { char *End; unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); Str = End; QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, false); Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); break; } case 'X': { QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, false); assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); break; } case 'Y': Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); break; case 'P': Type = Context.getFILEType(); if (Type.isNull()) { Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; return QualType(); } break; case 'J': if (Signed) Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); else Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); if (Type.isNull()) { Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; return QualType(); } break; case 'K': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); if (Type.isNull()) { Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; return QualType(); } break; case 'p': Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); break; } // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; while (!Done) { switch (char c = *Str++) { default: Done = true; --Str; break; case '*': case '&': { // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types // qualified with an address space. char *End; unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, getLangASFromTargetAS(AddrSpace)); Str = End; } if (c == '*') Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); else Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); break; } // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. case 'C': Type = Type.withConst(); break; case 'D': Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); break; case 'R': Type = Type.withRestrict(); break; } } assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); return Type; } /// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.getTypeString(Id); SmallVector ArgTypes; bool RequiresICE = false; Error = GE_None; QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); if (Error != GE_None) return QualType(); assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); if (Error != GE_None) return QualType(); // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. if (Ty->isArrayType()) Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); } if (Id == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo) return QualType(); assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(CC_C); if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here. if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; EPI.ExtInfo = EI; EPI.Variadic = Variadic; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(Id)) EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); } static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForFunction(const ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *FD) { if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) return GVA_Internal; // Non-user-provided functions get emitted as weak definitions with every // use, no matter whether they've been explicitly instantiated etc. if (auto *MD = dyn_cast(FD)) if (!MD->isUserProvided()) return GVA_DiscardableODR; GVALinkage External; switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { case TSK_Undeclared: case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: External = GVA_StrongExternal; break; case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: return GVA_StrongODR; // C++11 [temp.explicit]p10: // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: return GVA_AvailableExternally; case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: External = GVA_DiscardableODR; break; } if (!FD->isInlined()) return External; if ((!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && !FD->hasAttr()) || FD->hasAttr()) { // FIXME: This doesn't match gcc's behavior for dllexport inline functions. // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be // externally visible. if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) return External; // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. return GVA_AvailableExternally; } // Functions specified with extern and inline in -fms-compatibility mode // forcibly get emitted. While the body of the function cannot be later // replaced, the function definition cannot be discarded. if (FD->isMSExternInline()) return GVA_StrongODR; return GVA_DiscardableODR; } static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(const ASTContext &Context, const Decl *D, GVALinkage L) { // See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xa0d9ste.aspx // dllexport/dllimport on inline functions. if (D->hasAttr()) { if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_StrongODR) return GVA_AvailableExternally; } else if (D->hasAttr()) { if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR) return GVA_StrongODR; } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && D->hasAttr()) { // Device-side functions with __global__ attribute must always be // visible externally so they can be launched from host. if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_Internal) return GVA_StrongODR; } return L; } /// Adjust the GVALinkage for a declaration based on what an external AST source /// knows about whether there can be other definitions of this declaration. static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *D, GVALinkage L) { ExternalASTSource *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource(); if (!Source) return L; switch (Source->hasExternalDefinitions(D)) { case ExternalASTSource::EK_Never: // Other translation units rely on us to provide the definition. if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR) return GVA_StrongODR; break; case ExternalASTSource::EK_Always: return GVA_AvailableExternally; case ExternalASTSource::EK_ReplyHazy: break; } return L; } GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) const { return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, FD, adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, FD, basicGVALinkageForFunction(*this, FD))); } static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForVariable(const ASTContext &Context, const VarDecl *VD) { if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) return GVA_Internal; if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { const DeclContext *LexicalContext = VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod(); while (LexicalContext && !isa(LexicalContext)) LexicalContext = LexicalContext->getLexicalParent(); // ObjC Blocks can create local variables that don't have a FunctionDecl // LexicalContext. if (!LexicalContext) return GVA_DiscardableODR; // Otherwise, let the static local variable inherit its linkage from the // nearest enclosing function. auto StaticLocalLinkage = Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast(LexicalContext)); // Itanium ABI 5.2.2: "Each COMDAT group [for a static local variable] must // be emitted in any object with references to the symbol for the object it // contains, whether inline or out-of-line." // Similar behavior is observed with MSVC. An alternative ABI could use // StrongODR/AvailableExternally to match the function, but none are // known/supported currently. if (StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_StrongODR || StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_AvailableExternally) return GVA_DiscardableODR; return StaticLocalLinkage; } // MSVC treats in-class initialized static data members as definitions. // By giving them non-strong linkage, out-of-line definitions won't // cause link errors. if (Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) return GVA_DiscardableODR; // Most non-template variables have strong linkage; inline variables are // linkonce_odr or (occasionally, for compatibility) weak_odr. GVALinkage StrongLinkage; switch (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD)) { case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None: StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongExternal; break; case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak: case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown: StrongLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR; break; case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong: StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongODR; break; } switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { case TSK_Undeclared: return StrongLinkage; case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: return Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && VD->isStaticDataMember() ? GVA_StrongODR : StrongLinkage; case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: return GVA_StrongODR; case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: return GVA_AvailableExternally; case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: return GVA_DiscardableODR; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); } GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { return adjustGVALinkageForExternalDefinitionKind(*this, VD, adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(*this, VD, basicGVALinkageForVariable(*this, VD))); } bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) return false; // Global named register variables (GNU extension) are never emitted. if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register) return false; if (VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() || isa(VD)) return false; } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) return false; } else if (isa(D)) return true; else if (isa(D) || D->hasAttr()) return true; else if (isa(D)) return true; else if (isa(D)) return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); else if (isa(D)) return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); else if (isa(D)) return true; else return false; // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) return false; // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. if (D->hasAttr()) return false; // Aliases and used decls are required. if (D->hasAttr() || D->hasAttr()) return true; if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Forward declarations aren't required. if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); // Constructors and destructors are required. if (FD->hasAttr() || FD->hasAttr()) return true; // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast(FD)) { const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) return true; } } } GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. return !isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage); } const VarDecl *VD = cast(D); assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && !isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) return false; // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. auto Linkage = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); if (!isDiscardableGVALinkage(Linkage)) return true; // We never need to emit a variable that is available in another TU. if (Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally) return false; // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) return true; // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this) && // We can get a value-dependent initializer during error recovery. (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) return true; // Likewise, variables with tuple-like bindings are required if their // bindings have side-effects. if (auto *DD = dyn_cast(VD)) for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) if (auto *BindingVD = BD->getHoldingVar()) if (DeclMustBeEmitted(BindingVD)) return true; return false; } CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic, bool IsCXXMethod) const { // Pass through to the C++ ABI object if (IsCXXMethod) return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic); switch (LangOpts.getDefaultCallingConv()) { case LangOptions::DCC_None: break; case LangOptions::DCC_CDecl: return CC_C; case LangOptions::DCC_FastCall: if (getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sse2") && !IsVariadic) return CC_X86FastCall; break; case LangOptions::DCC_StdCall: if (!IsVariadic) return CC_X86StdCall; break; case LangOptions::DCC_VectorCall: // __vectorcall cannot be applied to variadic functions. if (!IsVariadic) return CC_X86VectorCall; break; case LangOptions::DCC_RegCall: // __regcall cannot be applied to variadic functions. if (!IsVariadic) return CC_X86RegCall; break; } return Target->getDefaultCallingConv(TargetInfo::CCMT_Unknown); } bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { // Pass through to the C++ ABI object return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); } VTableContextBase *ASTContext::getVTableContext() { if (!VTContext.get()) { if (Target->getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) VTContext.reset(new MicrosoftVTableContext(*this)); else VTContext.reset(new ItaniumVTableContext(*this)); } return VTContext.get(); } MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: case TargetCXXABI::iOS: case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); } llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); } CXXABI::~CXXABI() = default; size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); } /// getIntTypeForBitwidth - /// sets integer QualTy according to specified details: /// bitwidth, signed/unsigned. /// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth, unsigned Signed) const { TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed); CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty); if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128) return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty; return QualTy; } /// getRealTypeForBitwidth - /// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth. /// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const { TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth); switch (Ty) { case TargetInfo::Float: return FloatTy; case TargetInfo::Double: return DoubleTy; case TargetInfo::LongDouble: return LongDoubleTy; case TargetInfo::Float128: return Float128Ty; case TargetInfo::NoFloat: return QualType(); } llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value"); } void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { if (Number > 1) MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; } unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { auto I = MangleNumbers.find(ND); return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; } void ASTContext::setStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD, unsigned Number) { if (Number > 1) StaticLocalNumbers[VD] = Number; } unsigned ASTContext::getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) const { auto I = StaticLocalNumbers.find(VD); return I != StaticLocalNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; } MangleNumberingContext & ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C. std::unique_ptr &MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; if (!MCtx) MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext(); return *MCtx; } std::unique_ptr ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const { return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext(); } const CXXConstructorDecl * ASTContext::getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD) { return ABI->getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject( cast(RD->getFirstDecl())); } void ASTContext::addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD, CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { return ABI->addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject( cast(RD->getFirstDecl()), cast(CD->getFirstDecl())); } void ASTContext::addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD, TypedefNameDecl *DD) { return ABI->addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD); } TypedefNameDecl * ASTContext::getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) { return ABI->getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD); } void ASTContext::addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD, DeclaratorDecl *DD) { return ABI->addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD); } DeclaratorDecl *ASTContext::getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) { return ABI->getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD); } void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { ParamIndices[D] = index; } unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); return I->second; } APValue * ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, bool MayCreate) { assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); if (MayCreate) { APValue *&MTVI = MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; if (!MTVI) MTVI = new (*this) APValue; return MTVI; } return MaterializedTemporaryValues.lookup(E); } bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); if (!T.isOSDarwin()) return false; if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) && !(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9))) return false; QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); } static ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap( ASTContext::ParentMapPointers::mapped_type U) { if (const auto *D = U.dyn_cast()) return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*D); if (const auto *S = U.dyn_cast()) return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*S); return *U.get(); } namespace { /// Template specializations to abstract away from pointers and TypeLocs. /// @{ template ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const T &Node) { return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node); } template <> ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const TypeLoc &Node) { return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node); } template <> ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) { return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node); } /// @} /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. /// /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. /// /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor { public: /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. /// /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. static std::pair buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMapPointers, new ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes); Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); return std::make_pair(Visitor.Parents, Visitor.OtherParents); } private: friend class RecursiveASTVisitor; using VisitorBase = RecursiveASTVisitor; ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents, ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents) : Parents(Parents), OtherParents(OtherParents) {} bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return true; } bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; } template bool TraverseNode(T Node, MapNodeTy MapNode, BaseTraverseFn BaseTraverse, MapTy *Parents) { if (!Node) return true; if (ParentStack.size() > 0) { // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, but only // when no memoization data is available for the type. // For example when we visit all subexpressions of template // instantiations; this is suboptimal, but benign: the only way to // visit those is with hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create // new matches. // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that // do not have pointer identity. auto &NodeOrVector = (*Parents)[MapNode]; if (NodeOrVector.isNull()) { if (const auto *D = ParentStack.back().get()) NodeOrVector = D; else if (const auto *S = ParentStack.back().get()) NodeOrVector = S; else NodeOrVector = new ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode(ParentStack.back()); } else { if (!NodeOrVector.template is()) { auto *Vector = new ASTContext::ParentVector( 1, getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(NodeOrVector)); delete NodeOrVector .template dyn_cast(); NodeOrVector = Vector; } auto *Vector = NodeOrVector.template get(); // Skip duplicates for types that have memoization data. // We must check that the type has memoization data before calling // std::find() because DynTypedNode::operator== can't compare all // types. bool Found = ParentStack.back().getMemoizationData() && std::find(Vector->begin(), Vector->end(), ParentStack.back()) != Vector->end(); if (!Found) Vector->push_back(ParentStack.back()); } } ParentStack.push_back(createDynTypedNode(Node)); bool Result = BaseTraverse(); ParentStack.pop_back(); return Result; } bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { return TraverseNode(DeclNode, DeclNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseDecl(DeclNode); }, Parents); } bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { return TraverseNode(StmtNode, StmtNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseStmt(StmtNode); }, Parents); } bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TypeLocNode) { return TraverseNode( TypeLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(TypeLocNode), [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLocNode); }, OtherParents); } bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLocNode) { return TraverseNode( NNSLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(NNSLocNode), [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSLocNode); }, OtherParents); } ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents; ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents; llvm::SmallVector ParentStack; }; } // namespace template static ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList getDynNodeFromMap(const NodeTy &Node, const MapTy &Map) { auto I = Map.find(Node); if (I == Map.end()) { return llvm::ArrayRef(); } if (auto *V = I->second.template dyn_cast()) { return llvm::makeArrayRef(*V); } return getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(I->second); } ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { if (!PointerParents) { // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. auto Maps = ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl()); PointerParents.reset(Maps.first); OtherParents.reset(Maps.second); } if (Node.getNodeKind().hasPointerIdentity()) return getDynNodeFromMap(Node.getMemoizationData(), *PointerParents); return getDynNodeFromMap(Node, *OtherParents); } bool ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. if (MethodDecl->hasAttr() || MethodDecl->hasAttr()) return false; if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) return false; if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getReturnType(), MethodImpl->getReturnType())) return false; if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) return false; for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) return false; if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) return false; } return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); } uint64_t ASTContext::getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType QT) const { LangAS AS; if (QT->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()->isNullPtrType()) AS = LangAS::Default; else AS = QT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); return getTargetInfo().getNullPointerValue(AS); } unsigned ASTContext::getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS) const { if (isTargetAddressSpace(AS)) return toTargetAddressSpace(AS); else return (*AddrSpaceMap)[(unsigned)AS]; } // Explicitly instantiate this in case a Redeclarable is used from a TU that // doesn't include ASTContext.h template clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr< const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::ValueType clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr< const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::makeValue( const clang::ASTContext &Ctx, Decl *Value);